SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CAS 66A
TCAS I
SYSTEM

MANUAL NUMBER 006-05370-0009

REVISION 9 FEBRUARY, 2006
THIS PUBLICATION MAY BE CONTROLLED BY THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF STATE INTER-
NATIONAL TRAFFIC IN ARMS REGULATIONS (ITAR) 22 CFR 120-130 OR THE U.S.
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS (EAR), AND
MAY NOT BE EXPORTED OUT OF THE UNITED STATE OR BE PROVIDED TO FOREIGN
PERSONS (AS DEFINED BY THE ITAR) LOCATED WITHIN THE UNITED STATES, WITHOUT
THE APPROPRIATE PRIOR AUTHORIZATIONS FROM THE U.S. GOVERNMENT. DIVER-
SION CONTRARY TO U.S. EXPORT LAWS AND REGULATIONS IS PROHIBITED.

COPYRIGHT NOTICE

©1993-1999, 2004, 2006 Honeywell International Inc.

REPRODUCTION OF THIS PUBLICATION OR ANY PORTION THEREOF BY ANY MEANS

WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF HONEYWELL IS PROHIBITED,
EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OR MAINTENANCE OF THE
RECIPIENT’S EQUIPMENT. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT THE MANAGER,
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS, HONEYWELL, ONE TECHNOLOGY CENTER, 23500 WEST
105th STREET OLATHE KS 66061 TELEPHONE: (913) 712-0400.
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

System Installation Manual

006-05370-0009

CAS 66A TCAS I

Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System

Including:
TPU 66A TCAS I Processor
ANT 67A Directional Antenna
CP 66A / CP 66B Control Unit
CD 671C Mode S/TCAS Control Unit
PS-550 Mode S/TCAS Control Unit
TID 66A / TID 66D TCAS I Traffic Display
IVA-81A TA/RA/VSI Display
IVA-81C, IVA-81D TA/RA/VSI Display
PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit
KFS 578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit
GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor

T-1
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

NOTE

IF ANY UNUSUAL OR SPECIFIC SERVICE PROBLEMS ARISE, CONTACT HONEYWELL,

23500 WEST 105TH STREET, OLATHE, KANSAS, 66061. NO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE
RETURNED TO THE CUSTOMER SERVICE DEPARTMENT UNTIL A RETURN
AUTHORIZATION (RA) FORM IS REQUESTED AND RECEIVED FROM HONEYWELL.

PROPRIETARY NOTICE

This document contains proprietary information and

such information may not be disclosed to others for
any purpose, nor used for manufacturing purposes
without written permission from Honeywell.

PN-1
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

REVISION HIGHLIGHTS
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9
Feb/2006

This is a complete reprint. All pages are revised and reformatted.

Highlight(s) include the addition of the TID 66D traffic display and removal of
NVIS unit versions.

Specific changes to content are denoted by revision bar.

RH-1
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED

RH-2
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

RECORD OF REVISIONS

REV. REVISION DATE DATE

BY BY
NO. DATE INSERTED REMOVED

Complete through
Revision 9

RR-1
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

RECORD OF REVISIONS (cont.)

REV. REVISION DATE DATE

BY BY
NO. DATE INSERTED REMOVED

RR-2
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

T.R. DATE DATE

DATE BY BY
NO. INSERTED REMOVED

Complete Through
Temporary Revision
34-1

RTR-1
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS (cont.)

REV. REVISION DATE DATE

BY BY
NO. DATE INSERTED REMOVED

RTR-2
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

SERVICE LITERATURE LIST

The following are installation bulletins relative to the TCAS I system.

BULLETIN NUMBER DATE COVERAGE

IB 398 JUL/1997 TCASDIAG GUIDE FOR FIELD REFERENCE

IB 406 AUG/1997 STRAPPING MODE S ADDRESSES ON THE TPU 66A

IB 438 APR/1999 INFORMATION ON TCAS I AND II RETURN-TO-SERVICE FOLLOWING

COMPONENT REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT

IB 439 MAR/1999 APPROVAL FOR THE REPLACEMENT OF IVA 81A INDICATORS WITH IVA
81C INDICATORS

IB 452 JAN/2000 INTERCHANGEABILITY OF IVA 81A C AND D TA/VSI TCAS INDICATORS

IB 456 NOV/2000 TCASDIAG FOR WINDOWS AND TCAS PROCESSOR FIELD DIAGNOSTIC
PROGRAM FOR USER MANUAL

IB 457 NOV/1999 TCASDIAG GUIDE

IB 458 FEB/2000 CLARIFICATION OF THE ALTITUDE INTERFACE TO THE TCAS PROCES-

SOR AND/OR MST 67A TRANSPONDER

IB 513 FEB/2005 RAMP TESTING IHAS WITH THE IFR TCAS-201

The following is service literature information applicable to the CAS 66A system
and TPU 66A unit. For current service literature information for related units
and/or systems, refer to the Installation or Maintenance Manual of the applica-
ble unit.

EFFECTIVE
BULLETIN NUMBER DATE COVERAGE
S/N

SA CAS 66A-101 OCT/1997 ADDITION OF RAIN EROSION FILM TO ANTENNA N.A.

SA CAS 66A-102 JAN/1998 TEST PROCEDURES FOR SWR AND CABLE LOSS FOR ECS RF N.A.
TROUBLESHOOTER KIT

SA TPU 66A-101 OCT/1996 NOT TROUBLE FOUND ON UNITS RETURNED TO FACTORY FOR N.A.
REPAIR

SA TPU 66A-102 FEB/1999 REPLACEMENT FOR OBSOLETE PIN DIODES CR6301 THROUGH N.A.
CR6306 AND CR6317

SA TPU 66A-103 JUN/2000 REPLACEMENT FOR OBSOLETE FLASH AND REAL-TIME CLOCK N.A.

SB-1
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

EFFECTIVE
BULLETIN NUMBER DATE COVERAGE
S/N

SA TPU 66A-104 JAN/2002 REPLACEMENT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY N.A.

SB TPU 66A-1 MAY/1997 TO STABILIZE THE SWITCHING SPEED OF THE DISCRETE P1072
INPUT CIRCUITS

SB TPU 66A-6 NOV/1994 SOFTWARE UPDATE TO -05 AND UPGRADE OF VIDEO BOARD 1190

SB TPU 66A-10 MAY/1997 STABILIZE SWITCHING SPEED OF DISCRETE INPUT CIR- 2078
CUITS

SB TPU 66A-11 SEP/1998 ADDITIONAL LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR THE UNIT S 2435
+28VDC POWER LINES

SB TPU 66A-12 OCT/1998 MANUFACTURING EFFICIENCY IMPROVEMENT 2358

SB TPU 66A-13 MAR/2002 UNIT MOD 13 ALLEVIATE TIMING ISSUES IN CONFIGURA- 2400
TION MODULE INTERFACE

SB TPU 66A-14 MAR/2002 INCREASE TPU MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES 2502

SB TPU 66A-15 APR/2002 PREVENT COLD-INDUCED AUDIO FAILURES 2503

SB TPU 66A-16 JUN/2000 THIS BULLETIN HAS BEEN SUPERSEDED. SEE SA TPU 66A- 2638
103

SB TPU 66A-17 APR/2001 INCREASE POWER-HANDLING CAPABILITY AND RELIABIL- 2681

ITY OF -250VDC MONITOR CIRCUIT

SB TPU 66A-18 NOV/2001 PREVENT ACCIDENTAL WRITES TO THE FLASH MEMORY DUR- 2810
ING NORMAL OPERATION

SB TPU 66A-19 JUL/2002 REPLACEMENT OF OBSOLETE COMPUTER BOARD PART NUMBER 3030
200-08876-0000

SB TPU 66A-20 JUN/2002 INCORPORATE REPLACEMENT FOR OBSOLETE REFERENCE 3074

BOARD PART NUMBER 200-08874-0000

SB TPU 66A-21 JUN/2002 INCORPORATE REPLACEMENT FOR OBSOLETE SWITCH 3074

DRIVER BOARD PART NUMER 200-08530-0000

SB TPU 66A-22 JUN/2002 INCORPORATE REPLACEMENT OF POWER SUPPLY BOARD #2 3074

PART NUMBER 200-08523-0000

SB TPU 66A-23 JUN/2002 INCORPORATE REPLACEMENT OF OBSOLETE VIDEO BOARD 3074

PART NUMBER 200-08875-0000

SB TPU 66A-24 FEB/2003 UNIT WILL NOT INITIALIZE AND LED DISPLAY ON THE 3116
SIDE OF THE PROCESSOR IS BLANK

SB TPU 66A-25 DEC/2002 REPLACEMENT OF INTERCONNECT BD DUE TO ERRONEOUS 3152

EXTERNAL FAULT CODES

SB TPU 66A-26 AUG/2003 REPLACE OBSOLETE RECEIVER ASSY PART NUMBER 200- 3102
05604-0000 WITH 200-05604-0010

SB-2
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

EFFECTIVE
BULLETIN NUMBER DATE COVERAGE
S/N

SB TPU 66A-27 SEP/2003 GIVES ADDITIONAL PROTECTION FROM ARCING BETWEEN 3112
THE SWITCH DRIVER BD AND MAINFRAME CASTING AND
INCREASES CONDUCTIVITY AT CERTAIN PIN CONNECTIONS

SB TPU 66A-28 SEP/2003 GIVES ADDITIONAL PROTECTION FROM ARCING TO THE RF 3115
BOARD THE IF BOARD THE TRANSMIT MODULATOR BOARD
THE REFERENCE BOARD AND THE 1030 RECEIVER BOARD

SB TPU 66A-M1 OCT/1998 CONVERT TPU 66A TO TPU 67A All

SWB TPU 66A-SW1 MAY/1994 TO INCORPORATE 01/04 SOFTWARE IN 01/02 AND 01/03 1123
UNITS

SWB TPU 66A-SW2 JAN/1997 SUPPRESSION OUTPUT DURING CALIBRATION 1952

SWB TPU 66A-SW3 JAN/1997 TO INCORPORATE SOFTWARE LEVEL 01/11 SW 01/11

SWB TPU 66A-SW4 MAR/2002 INCORPORATE SOFTWARE 01/12 SW 01/12

SWB TPU 66A-SW5 MAR/2000 INCORPORATE SOFTWARE 01/13 COMPATIBLE WITH NEW SW 01/13
FLASH OR REAL-TIME CLOCK

SB-3
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED

SB-4
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

SUBJECT PAGE DATE

Title Page * T-1 Feb/2006

Proprietary Notice * PN-1 Feb/2006

Revision Highlights * RH-1 Feb/2006

* RH-2 Feb/2006

Record of Revisions * RR-1 Feb/2006

* RR-2 Feb/2006

Record of Temporary Revisions * RTR-1 Feb/2006

* RTR-2 Feb/2006

List of Service Bulletins * SB-1 Feb/2006

* SB-2 Feb/2006
* SB-3 Feb/2006
* SB-4 Feb/2006

List of Effective Pages * LEP-1 Feb/2006

* LEP-2 Feb/2006
* LEP-3 Feb/2006
* LEP-4 Feb/2006
* LEP-5 Feb/2006
* LEP-6 Feb/2006
* LEP-7 Feb/2006
* LEP-8 Feb/2006
* LEP-9 Feb/2006
* LEP-10 Feb/2006
* LEP-11 Feb/2006
* LEP-12 Feb/2006
* LEP-13 Feb/2006
* LEP-14 Feb/2006

Table of Contents * TC-1 Feb/2006

* TC-2 Feb/2006
* TC-3 Feb/2006
* TC-4 Feb/2006
* TC-5 Feb/2006
* TC-6 Feb/2006
* TC-7 Feb/2006
* TC-8 Feb/2006
* TC-9 Feb/2006

“F” INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES; * INDICATES PAGES CHANGED IN LATEST REVISION LEP-1
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Table of Contents (cont). * TC-10 Feb/2006

* TC-11 Feb/2006
* TC-12 Feb/2006

Introduction * INTRO-1 Feb/2006

* INTRO-2 Feb/2006

Description and Operation * 1 Feb/2006

* 2 Feb/2006
* 3 Feb/2006
* 4 Feb/2006
* 5 Feb/2006
* 6 Feb/2006
* 7 Feb/2006
* 8 Feb/2006
* 9 Feb/2006
* 10 Feb/2006
* 11 Feb/2006
* 12 Feb/2006
* 13 Feb/2006
* 14 Feb/2006
* 15 Feb/2006
* 16 Feb/2006
* 17 Feb/2006
* 18 Feb/2006
* 19 Feb/2006
* 20 Feb/2006
* 21 Feb/2006
* 22 Feb/2006
* 23 Feb/2006
* 24 Feb/2006
* 25 Feb/2006
* 26 Feb/2006
* 27 Feb/2006
* 28 Feb/2006
* 29 Feb/2006
* 30 Feb/2006
* 31 Feb/2006
* 32 Feb/2006
* 33 Feb/2006
* 34 Feb/2006
* 35 Feb/2006
* 36 Feb/2006
* 37 Feb/2006
* 38 Feb/2006

“F” INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES; * INDICATES PAGES CHANGED IN LATEST REVISION LEP-2
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Description and Operation (cont). * 39 Feb/2006

* 40 Feb/2006
* 41 Feb/2006
* 42 Feb/2006
* 43 Feb/2006
* 44 Feb/2006
* 45 Feb/2006
* 46 Feb/2006
* 47 Feb/2006
* 48 Feb/2006
* 49 Feb/2006
* 50 Feb/2006
* 51 Feb/2006
* 52 Feb/2006
* 53 Feb/2006
* 54 Feb/2006
* 55 Feb/2006
* 56 Feb/2006
* 57 Feb/2006
* 58 Feb/2006
* 59 Feb/2006
* 60 Feb/2006
* 61 Feb/2006
* 62 Feb/2006
* 63 Feb/2006
* 64 Feb/2006
* 65 Feb/2006
* 66 Feb/2006
* 67 Feb/2006
* 68 Feb/2006
* 69 Feb/2006
* 70 Feb/2006
* 71 Feb/2006
* 72 Feb/2006
* 73 Feb/2006
* 74 Feb/2006
* 75 Feb/2006
* 76 Feb/2006
* 77 Feb/2006
* 78 Feb/2006
* 79 Feb/2006
* 80 Feb/2006
* 81 Feb/2006
* 82 Feb/2006
* 83 Feb/2006

“F” INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES; * INDICATES PAGES CHANGED IN LATEST REVISION LEP-3
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Description and Operation (cont). * 84 Feb/2006

* 85 Feb/2006
* 86 Feb/2006
* 87 Feb/2006
* 88 Feb/2006
* 89 Feb/2006
* 90 Feb/2006
* 91 Feb/2006
* 92 Feb/2006
* 93 Feb/2006
* 94 Feb/2006
* 95 Feb/2006
* 96 Feb/2006
* 97 Feb/2006
* 98 Feb/2006
* 99 Feb/2006
* 100 Feb/2006
* 101 Feb/2006
* 102 Feb/2006
* 103 Feb/2006
* 104 Feb/2006
* 105 Feb/2006
* 106 Feb/2006
* 107 Feb/2006
* 108 Feb/2006
* 109 Feb/2006
* 110 Feb/2006
* 111 Feb/2006
* 112 Feb/2006
* 113 Feb/2006
* 114 Feb/2006
* 115 Feb/2006
* 116 Feb/2006
* 117 Feb/2006
* 118 Feb/2006
* 119 Feb/2006
* 120 Feb/2006
* 121 Feb/2006
* 122 Feb/2006
* 123 Feb/2006
* 124 Feb/2006
* 125 Feb/2006
* 126 Feb/2006
* 127 Feb/2006
* 128 Feb/2006

“F” INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES; * INDICATES PAGES CHANGED IN LATEST REVISION LEP-4
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Description and Operation (cont). * 129 Feb/2006

* 130 Feb/2006
F * 131 Feb/2006
* 132 Blank
F * 133 Feb/2006
* 134 Blank
F * 135 Feb/2006
* 136 Blank
F * 137 Feb/2006
* 138 Blank

Fault Isolation * 1001 Feb/2006

* 1002 Feb/2006
* 1003 Feb/2006
* 1004 Feb/2006
* 1005 Feb/2006
* 1006 Feb/2006
* 1007 Feb/2006
* 1008 Feb/2006
* 1009 Feb/2006
* 1010 Feb/2006
* 1011 Feb/2006
* 1012 Feb/2006
* 1013 Feb/2006
* 1014 Feb/2006
* 1015 Feb/2006
* 1016 Feb/2006
* 1017 Feb/2006
* 1018 Feb/2006
* 1019 Feb/2006
* 1020 Feb/2006
* 1021 Feb/2006
* 1022 Feb/2006

Maintenance Practices * 2001 Feb/2006

* 2002 Feb/2006
* 2003 Feb/2006
* 2004 Feb/2006
* 2005 Feb/2006
* 2006 Feb/2006
* 2007 Feb/2006
* 2008 Feb/2006
* 2009 Feb/2006
* 2010 Feb/2006
* 2011 Feb/2006

“F” INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES; * INDICATES PAGES CHANGED IN LATEST REVISION LEP-5
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Maintenance Practices (cont). * 2012 Feb/2006

* 2013 Feb/2006
* 2014 Feb/2006
* 2015 Feb/2006
* 2016 Feb/2006
* 2017 Feb/2006
* 2018 Feb/2006
* 2019 Feb/2006
* 2020 Feb/2006
* 2021 Feb/2006
* 2022 Feb/2006
* 2023 Feb/2006
* 2024 Feb/2006
* 2025 Feb/2006
* 2026 Feb/2006
* 2027 Feb/2006
* 2028 Feb/2006
* 2029 Feb/2006
* 2030 Feb/2006
* 2031 Feb/2006
* 2032 Feb/2006
* 2033 Feb/2006
* 2034 Feb/2006
* 2035 Feb/2006
* 2036 Feb/2006
* 2037 Feb/2006
* 2038 Feb/2006
* 2039 Feb/2006
* 2040 Feb/2006
* 2041 Feb/2006
* 2042 Feb/2006
* 2043 Feb/2006
* 2044 Feb/2006
* 2045 Feb/2006
* 2046 Feb/2006
* 2047 Feb/2006
* 2048 Feb/2006
* 2049 Feb/2006
* 2050 Feb/2006
* 2051 Feb/2006
* 2052 Feb/2006
* 2053 Feb/2006
* 2054 Feb/2006
* 2055 Feb/2006
* 2056 Feb/2006

“F” INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES; * INDICATES PAGES CHANGED IN LATEST REVISION LEP-6
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Maintenance Practices (cont). * 2057 Feb/2006

* 2058 Feb/2006
* 2059 Feb/2006
* 2060 Feb/2006
* 2061 Feb/2006
* 2062 Feb/2006
* 2063 Feb/2006
* 2064 Feb/2006
* 2065 Feb/2006
* 2066 Feb/2006
* 2067 Feb/2006
* 2068 Feb/2006
* 2069 Feb/2006
* 2070 Feb/2006
* 2071 Feb/2006
* 2072 Feb/2006
* 2073 Feb/2006
* 2074 Feb/2006
* 2075 Feb/2006
* 2076 Feb/2006
* 2077 Feb/2006
* 2078 Feb/2006
* 2079 Feb/2006
* 2080 Feb/2006
* 2081 Feb/2006
* 2082 Feb/2006
* 2083 Feb/2006
* 2084 Feb/2006
* 2085 Feb/2006
* 2086 Feb/2006
* 2087 Feb/2006
* 2088 Feb/2006
* 2089 Feb/2006
* 2090 Feb/2006
* 2091 Feb/2006
* 2092 Feb/2006
* 2093 Feb/2006
* 2094 Feb/2006
* 2095 Feb/2006
* 2096 Feb/2006
F * 2097 Feb/2006
* 2098 Blank
F * 2099 Feb/2006
* 2100 Blank
F * 2101 Feb/2006

“F” INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES; * INDICATES PAGES CHANGED IN LATEST REVISION LEP-7
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Maintenance Practices (cont). * 2102 Blank

F * 2103 Feb/2006
* 2104 Blank
F * 2105 Feb/2006
* 2106 Blank
F * 2107 Feb/2006
* 2108 Blank
F * 2109 Feb/2006
* 2110 Blank
F * 2111 Feb/2006
* 2112 Blank
F * 2113 Feb/2006
* 2114 Blank
F * 2115 Feb/2006
* 2116 Blank
F * 2117 Feb/2006
* 2118 Blank
F * 2119 Feb/2006
* 2120 Blank
F * 2121 Feb/2006
* 2122 Blank
F * 2123 Feb/2006
* 2124 Blank
F * 2125 Feb/2006
* 2126 Blank
F * 2127 Feb/2006
* 2128 Blank
F * 2129 Feb/2006
* 2130 Blank
F * 2131 Feb/2006
* 2132 Blank
F * 2133 Feb/2006
* 2134 Blank
F * 2135 Feb/2006
* 2136 Blank
F * 2137 Feb/2006
* 2138 Blank
F * 2139 Feb/2006
* 2140 Blank
F * 2141 Feb/2006
* 2142 Blank
F * 2143 Feb/2006
* 2144 Blank
F * 2145 Feb/2006
* 2146 Blank

“F” INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES; * INDICATES PAGES CHANGED IN LATEST REVISION LEP-8
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Maintenance Practices (cont). F * 2147 Feb/2006

* 2148 Blank
F * 2149 Feb/2006
* 2150 Blank
F * 2151 Feb/2006
* 2152 Blank
F * 2153 Feb/2006
* 2154 Blank
F * 2155 Feb/2006
* 2156 Blank
F * 2157 Feb/2006
* 2158 Blank
F * 2159 Feb/2006
* 2160 Blank
F * 2161 Feb/2006
* 2162 Blank
F * 2163 Feb/2006
* 2164 Blank
F * 2165 Feb/2006
* 2166 Blank
F * 2167 Feb/2006
* 2168 Blank
F * 2169 Feb/2006
* 2170 Blank
F * 2171 Feb/2006
* 2172 Blank
F * 2173 Feb/2006
* 2174 Blank
F * 2175 Feb/2006
* 2176 Blank
F * 2177 Feb/2006
* 2178 Blank
F * 2179 Feb/2006
* 2180 Blank
F * 2181 Feb/2006
* 2182 Blank
F * 2183 Feb/2006
* 2184 Blank
F * 2185 Feb/2006
* 2186 Blank
F * 2187 Feb/2006
* 2188 Blank
F * 2189 Feb/2006
* 2190 Blank
F * 2191 Feb/2006

“F” INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES; * INDICATES PAGES CHANGED IN LATEST REVISION LEP-9
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Maintenance Practices (cont). * 2192 Blank

F * 2193 Feb/2006
* 2194 Blank
F * 2195 Feb/2006
* 2196 Blank
F * 2197 Feb/2006
* 2198 Blank
F * 2199 Feb/2006
* 2200 Blank
F * 2201 Feb/2006
* 2202 Blank
F * 2203 Feb/2006
* 2204 Blank
F * 2205 Feb/2006
* 2206 Blank
F * 2207 Feb/2006
* 2208 Blank
F * 2209 Feb/2006
* 2210 Blank
F * 2211 Feb/2006
* 2212 Blank
F * 2213 Feb/2006
* 2214 Blank
F * 2215 Feb/2006
* 2216 Blank
F * 2217 Feb/2006
* 2218 Blank
F * 2219 Feb/2006
* 2220 Blank
F * 2221 Feb/2006
* 2222 Blank
F * 2223 Feb/2006
* 2224 Blank
F * 2225 Feb/2006
* 2226 Blank
F * 2227 Feb/2006
* 2228 Blank
F * 2229 Feb/2006
* 2230 Blank
F * 2231 Feb/2006
* 2232 Blank
F * 2233 Feb/2006
* 2234 Blank
F * 2235 Feb/2006
* 2236 Blank

“F” INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES; * INDICATES PAGES CHANGED IN LATEST REVISION LEP-10
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Maintenance Practices (cont). F * 2237 Feb/2006

* 2238 Blank
F * 2239 Feb/2006
* 2240 Blank
F * 2241 Feb/2006
* 2242 Blank
F * 2243 Feb/2006
* 2244 Blank
F * 2245 Feb/2006
* 2246 Blank
F * 2247 Feb/2006
* 2248 Blank
F * 2249 Feb/2006
* 2250 Blank
F * 2251 Feb/2006
* 2252 Blank
F * 2253 Feb/2006
* 2254 Blank

TCAS I/TCASII Upgrade * 3001 Feb/2006

* 3002 Feb/2006
F * 3003 Feb/2006
* 3004 Blank
F * 3005 Feb/2006
* 3006 Blank
F * 3007 Feb/2006
* 3008 Blank
F * 3009 Feb/2006
* 3010 Blank
F * 3011 Feb/2006
* 3012 Blank
F * 3013 Feb/2006
* 3014 Blank
F * 3015 Feb/2006
* 3016 Blank
F * 3017 Feb/2006
* 3018 Blank

Diagnostic Appendices * APP-1 Feb/2006

* APP-2 Feb/2006
* APP-3 Feb/2006
* APP-4 Feb/2006
* APP-5 Feb/2006
* APP-6 Feb/2006
* APP-7 Feb/2006

“F” INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES; * INDICATES PAGES CHANGED IN LATEST REVISION LEP-11
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Diagnostic Appendices (cont). * APP-8 Feb/2006

* APP-9 Feb/2006
* APP-10 Feb/2006
* APP-11 Feb/2006
* APP-12 Feb/2006
* APP-13 Feb/2006
* APP-14 Feb/2006
* APP-15 Feb/2006
* APP-16 Feb/2006
* APP-17 Feb/2006
* APP-18 Feb/2006
* APP-19 Feb/2006
* APP-20 Feb/2006
* APP-21 Feb/2006
* APP-22 Feb/2006
* APP-23 Feb/2006
* APP-24 Feb/2006
* APP-25 Feb/2006
* APP-26 Feb/2006
* APP-27 Feb/2006
* APP-28 Feb/2006
* APP-29 Feb/2006
* APP-30 Feb/2006
* APP-31 Feb/2006
* APP-32 Feb/2006
* APP-33 Feb/2006
* APP-34 Feb/2006
* APP-35 Feb/2006
* APP-36 Feb/2006
* APP-37 Feb/2006
* APP-38 Feb/2006
* APP-39 Feb/2006
* APP-40 Feb/2006
* APP-41 Feb/2006
* APP-42 Feb/2006
* APP-43 Feb/2006
* APP-44 Feb/2006
* APP-45 Feb/2006
* APP-46 Feb/2006
* APP-47 Feb/2006
* APP-48 Feb/2006
* APP-49 Feb/2006
* APP-50 Feb/2006
* APP-51 Feb/2006
* APP-52 Feb/2006

“F” INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES; * INDICATES PAGES CHANGED IN LATEST REVISION LEP-12
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Diagnostic Appendices (cont). * APP-53 Feb/2006

* APP-54 Feb/2006
* APP-55 Feb/2006
* APP-56 Feb/2006
* APP-57 Feb/2006
* APP-58 Feb/2006
* APP-59 Feb/2006
* APP-60 Feb/2006
* APP-61 Feb/2006
* APP-62 Feb/2006
* APP-63 Feb/2006
* APP-64 Feb/2006
* APP-65 Feb/2006
* APP-66 Feb/2006
* APP-67 Feb/2006
* APP-68 Feb/2006
* APP-69 Feb/2006
* APP-70 Feb/2006
* APP-71 Feb/2006
* APP-72 Feb/2006
* APP-73 Feb/2006
* APP-74 Feb/2006
* APP-75 Feb/2006
* APP-76 Feb/2006
* APP-77 Feb/2006
* APP-78 Feb/2006
* APP-79 Feb/2006
* APP-80 Feb/2006
* APP-81 Feb/2006
* APP-82 Feb/2006
* APP-83 Feb/2006
* APP-84 Feb/2006
* APP-85 Feb/2006
* APP-86 Feb/2006
* APP-87 Feb/2006
* APP-88 Feb/2006
* APP-89 Feb/2006
* APP-90 Feb/2006

“F” INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES; * INDICATES PAGES CHANGED IN LATEST REVISION LEP-13
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED

“F” INDICATES FOLDOUT PAGES; * INDICATES PAGES CHANGED IN LATEST REVISION LEP-14
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM PAGE

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1. General ...............................................................1

2. System Configuration ..................................................1

A. Basic System ....................................................2
B. System Configuration Options ....................................6

3. Related Publications .................................................26

4. Component Leading Particulars ........................................28

A. TPU 66A TCAS Processor .........................................28
B. CP 66A / CP 66B TCAS Control Units .............................32
C. Discrete Control Switches ......................................33
D. TID 66A/66D TCAS I Traffic Display .............................34
E. Directional Antenna ............................................36
F. KFS 578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit ..............................38
G. PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit ...............................39
H. PS-550 Mode S/TCAS Control Unit ................................39
I. CD 671C Mode S/TCAS Control Unit ...............................40
J. IVA 81A / IVA 81C / IVA 81D TA/VSI .............................41
K. GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor ................................45
L. Environmental Certification ....................................45

5. TCAS CAS 66A Installation Kits .......................................71

A. TPU Diagnostic Software ........................................71
B. CP 66A / CP 66B Installation Kit (050-03215-0000) ..............71
C. PS-578A/KFS 578A Installation Kit (050-02934-0001) .............71
D. PS-578A Configuration Programming Harness ......................72
E. PS-550 Connector Assembly ......................................72
F. CD 671C Installation Kit (050-03206-0000) ......................73
G. TPU 66A Installation Kit (050-03078-0000) ......................73

TC-1
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

ITEM PAGE

H. GC 362A Installation Kit (050-02978-0001) ......................74

I. TID 66A/TID 66D*/IVA 81A*/IVA 81C*/IVA 81D* Installation Kits ..75
J. TID 66D/IVA 81A/81C/81D Installation Kit 115 V/5 V Dim .........75
K. ANT 67A / ANT 81A Antenna Adapter Kits .........................76

6. System Description ...................................................77

A. General ........................................................77
B. TCAS I Functional Overview .....................................79
C. System Integration .............................................82

7. System Component Description and Functions ..........................101

A. TCAS Processor ................................................101
B. Directional Antenna ...........................................109
C. TCAS Omnidirectional Antenna ..................................110
D. TA Display ....................................................112

8. Controls and Indicators .............................................114

A. General .......................................................114
B. TCAS Input Power Control ......................................114
C. TCAS I Control Unit - CP 66A / CP 66B .........................114
D. TCAS I/Mode S Transponder Control Units .......................114
E. GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor ...............................129

FAULT ISOLATION

1. General ............................................................1001

2. Fault Isolation ....................................................1001

A. General ......................................................1001
B. Using the TCAS/Weather Radar Display .........................1002
C. Using TCAS Processor LED Fault Codes .........................1006
D. Using the Diagnostic Computer ................................1011

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

1. General ............................................................2001

TC-2
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

ITEM PAGE

2. Unpacking ..........................................................2003

3. Preinstallation Testing ............................................2003

4. Equipment Changes and Markings .....................................2003

5. Installation Planning ..............................................2003

A. General ......................................................2003
B. Location of Equipment ........................................2004
C. Interwiring and Cable Fabrication ............................2007
D. Wire Strapping Options .......................................2050

6. Equipment Installation .............................................2054

A. TPU 66A TCAS Processor Installation ..........................2054
B. TCAS Directional Antenna Installation ........................2055
C. TCAS Omni Antenna Installation ...............................2056
D. IVA 81A/C/D TA/VSI & TID 66A/66D TA Installation .............2056
E. CP 66A / CP 66B TCAS Control Unit Installation ...............2057
F. KFS 578A/PS-578A/PS-550/CD 671C Installation .................2057
G. GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Installation .................2057

7. Inspection, System Checkout, and Flight Test Procedures ............2057

A. Inspection ...................................................2057
B. System Checkout ..............................................2059
C. Flight Test (Required for STC) ...............................2087

8. Removal and Replacement ............................................2087

A. TPU 66A TCAS Processor .......................................2087
B. Directional Antenna ..........................................2087
C. Omnidirectional Antenna ......................................2088
D. TCAS Control Unit ............................................2088
E. 3ATI Traffic Displays ........................................2088

9. Maintenance Procedures .............................................2089

A. In-Aircraft Adjustments ......................................2089
B. System Protection ............................................2089

TC-3
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

ITEM PAGE

C. Lubrication ..................................................2089
D. Cleaning .....................................................2089

10. Aircraft Maintenance Programs ......................................2089

A. General ......................................................2089
B. Honeywell TCAS Maintenance Recommendations ...................2090

11. ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter Plate Installation .............2091

A. General Information ..........................................2091
B. Installation Procedure A .....................................2091
C. Installation Procedure B .....................................2092
D. Recommended Materials ........................................2094
E. Bonding Requirements .........................................2094

TCAS I TO TCAS II UPGRADE

1. General ............................................................3001
A. Additional Equipment Required ................................3001
B. Additional Equipment Straps Required .........................3002
C. Additional Equipment Testing Required ........................3002

DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES

TC-4
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

ITEM PAGE

Figure 1 Control Switch Legends ......................................33

Figure 2 TPU 66A Environmental Qualification Form ....................46
Figure 3 ANT 67A Environmental Qualification Form ....................48
Figure 4 CP 66A Environmental Qualification Form .....................49
Figure 5 CP 66B Environmental Qualification Form .....................50
Figure 6 CD 671C Environmental Qualification Form ....................52
Figure 7 KFS 578A Environmental Qualification Form (-0000) ...........54
Figure 8 KFS 578A Environmental Qualification Form (-0010) ...........55
Figure 9 PS-578A Environmental Qualification Form ....................57
Figure 10 PS-550 Environmental Qualification Form .....................60
Figure 11 GC 362A Environmental Qualification Form ....................63
Figure 12 TID 66A Environmental Qualification Form ....................65
Figure 13 TID 66D Environmental Qualification Form ....................67
Figure 14 IVA 81A Environmental Certification Categories ..............68
Figure 15 IVA 81C Environmental Qualification Form ....................69
Figure 16 IVA 81D Environmental Qualification Form ....................70
Figure 17 PS-578A Configuration Programming Harness ...................72
Figure 18 CAS 66A TCAS I System Components ............................78
Figure 19 TCAS I ATCRBS Mode C And Mode S Interrogation Formats ......106
Figure 20 ATCRBS/Mode S Transponder Reply Message Formats ............107
Figure 21 TCAS I Directional Antenna Transmit/Receive Beam Patterns ..111
Figure 22 TID 66A/66D Traffic Display ................................113
Figure 23 CP 66A TCAS I Control Unit Controls ........................115
Figure 24 CP 66B TCAS I Control Unit Controls ........................116
Figure 25 KFS 578A Control Unit Controls .............................120
Figure 26 PS-578A Control Unit Controls ..............................121

TC-5
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

ITEM PAGE

Figure 27 PS-550 Control Unit Controls ...............................122

Figure 28 CD 671C TCAS/Mode S Control Unit Controls ..................123
Figure 29 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor, TCAS and Radar Displays ...131
Figure 30 Collins IND270 Indicator, TCAS and Radar Displays ..........133
Figure 31 Honeywell WI650 Radar Indicator, TCAS and Radar Displays ...135
Figure 32 Honeywell P90 Radar Indicator, TCAS and Radar Displays .....137
Figure 1001 TCAS Test Pattern .........................................1003
Figure 2001 Minimum TCAS I CAS 66A Equipment Set and Options ..........2002
Figure 2002 TPU 66A TCAS Processor Rear Connector .....................2011
Figure 2003 TA/VSI Traffic Display Rear Connector Locations ...........2022
Figure 2004 IVA 81A/B/C/D & TID 66A/D Traffic Display Pin I/O .........2023
Figure 2005 CP 66A / CP 66B Rear Connector Pin Configuration ..........2026
Figure 2006 KFS 578A Mode S / TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector ........2028
Figure 2007 PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector (J1) ......2031
Figure 2008 PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector (J2) ......2034
Figure 2009 PS-550 Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector ............2035
Figure 2010 CD 671C Mode S / TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector .........2039
Figure 2011 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Unit Rear Connector .......2043
Figure 2012 TCAS I Bearing Measurements ...............................2083
Figure 2013 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter and Moldable Shim .....2095
Figure 2014 TPU 66A TCAS I Processor Outline Drawing ..................2097
Figure 2015 CP 66A / CP66B TCAS Control Unit Outline Drawing ..........2099
Figure 2016 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline Drawing ...............2101
Figure 2017 TID 66A TCAS I Dedicated Display Outline Drawing ..........2105
Figure 2018 TID 66D TCAS I Dedicated Display Outline Drawing ..........2107
Figure 2019 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI) Outline Drawing .......................2109

TC-6
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

ITEM PAGE

Figure 2020 IVA 81C (TCAS) Outline Drawing ............................2113

Figure 2021 IVA 81D (TCAS) Outline Drawing ............................2115
Figure 2022 CD 671C TCAS I/Transponder Control Unit Outline Drawing ...2117
Figure 2023 KFS 578A Control Unit Outline Drawing .....................2119
Figure 2024 PS-578A Control Unit Outline Drawing ......................2121
Figure 2025 PS-550 Control Unit Outline Drawing .......................2123
Figure 2026 GC 362 TCAS Graphics Processor Outline Drawing ............2125
Figure 2027 TPU 66A Interconnect Drawing Family .......................2127
Figure 2028 TPU 66A Pinout Drawing ....................................2129
Figure 2029 TCAS I Configuration Pins Interface Drawing ...............2131
Figure 2030 TCAS I Discrete Interface Drawing .........................2133
Figure 2031 TCAS Radar/Baro Altitude Interface Drawing ................2137
Figure 2032 Attitude/Heading Interface Drawing ........................2145
Figure 2033 Antenna/Suppression Interface Drawing .....................2147
Figure 2034 Power Interface Drawing ...................................2149
Figure 2035 TCAS I Dedicated Traffic Display Interface Drawing ........2151
Figure 2036 EFS 40/50 TCAS Interface Drawing ..........................2159
Figure 2037 GC 362/Bendix TCAS Interface Drawing ......................2161
Figure 2038 GC 362/Honeywell TCAS Interface Drawing ...................2167
Figure 2039 GC 362/Collins TCAS Interface Drawing .....................2173
Figure 2040 RA Display (ARINC 429 Low Speed) Interface Drawing ........2177
Figure 2041 TA/RA Display (ARINC 429 High Speed) Interface Drawing ....2179
Figure 2042 Citation VB Honeywell EFIS/TCAS Interface Drawing .........2197
Figure 2043 Jetstream 41 Honeywell EFIS/TCAS Interface Drawing ........2201
Figure 2044 Diagnostic/Data Recorder Interface Drawing ................2205
Figure 2045 TCAS I ATE Interface Drawing ..............................2207

TC-7
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

ITEM PAGE

Figure 2046 CP 66A / CP 66B / TPU 66A Interface Drawing ...............2209

Figure 2047 Tandem CP 66A / TPU 66A Interface Drawing .................2213
Figure 2048 KFS 578A / TPU 66A Interface Drawing ......................2215
Figure 2049 CD 671C / TPU 66A Interface Drawing .......................2219
Figure 2050 Single RMS 555 / TPU 66A TCAS Interface Drawing ...........2223
Figure 2051 Tandem RMS 555 / TPU 66A TCAS Interface Drawing ...........2225
Figure 2052 MST 67A Mode S Interface Drawing ..........................2227
Figure 2053 Collins TDR-94D Mode S Interface Drawing ..................2229
Figure 2054 Honeywell Primus II/TCAS Interface Drawing ................2231
Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I System Interface Drawing ...................2239
Figure 3001 CAS 66A TCAS I / TCAS II Upgrade Interface ................3003

TC-8
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

ITEM PAGE

Table 1 TPU 66A TCAS Processor, Configuration Available ..............2

Table 2 TPU 66A TCAS Processor Features ..............................2
Table 3 Control Switch Features ......................................3
Table 4 TID 66A TCAS I Traffic Display, Configurations Available .....3
Table 5 TID 66A TCAS I Display Features ..............................3
Table 6 TID 66D TCAS I Traffic Display, Configurations Available .....4
Table 7 TID 66D TCAS I Display Features ..............................5
Table 8 ANT 67A Directional Antenna, Configuration Available .........5
Table 9 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Features .........................5
Table 10 Omnidirectional Antenna, Configurations Available ............5
Table 11 Omnidirectional Antenna Features .............................6
Table 12 CP 66A TCAS Control Unit, Configurations Available ...........6
Table 13 CP 66B TCAS Control Unit, Configurations Available ...........7
Table 14 CP 66A Control Unit Features .................................8
Table 15 CP 66B Control Unit Features .................................8
Table 16 KFS 578A Control Unit Configurations Available ...............9
Table 17 KFS 578A Control Unit Features ..............................10
Table 18 KFS 578A - PS-578A Configuration Cross-Reference (TCAS I) ...11
Table 19 PS-578A Control Unit Configurations .........................13
Table 20 PS-578A Control Unit Features ...............................14
Table 21 PS-550 Control Unit Configurations ..........................15
Table 22 PS-550 Control Unit Features ................................16
Table 23 CD 671C Mode S/TCAS Control Unit, Configurations Available ..17
Table 24 CD 671C Control Unit Features ...............................18
Table 25 IVA 81A TA/VSI Configurations ...............................19
Table 26 IVA 81A TA/VSI Range Options/Software Matrix ................21

TC-9
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

ITEM PAGE

Table 27 IVA 81A TA/VSI Options/Software Matrix ......................21

Table 28 IVA 81A TA/VSI Features .....................................22
Table 29 IVA 81C TA/VSI Configurations ...............................22
Table 30 IVA 81C TA/VSI, Features ....................................22
Table 31 IVA 81D TA/VSI Configurations ...............................23
Table 32 IVA 81D TA/VSI, Features ....................................24
Table 33 Display Options .............................................24
Table 34 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor, Configurations Available ...25
Table 35 GC 362A Graphics Processor Features .........................25
Table 36 Related Publications ........................................26
Table 37 TPU 66A TCAS Processor, Leading Particulars .................28
Table 38 CP 66A / CP 66B Control Units, Leading Particulars ..........32
Table 39 Control Switch Features .....................................33
Table 40 TID 66A Traffic Display, Leading Particulars ................34
Table 41 TID 66D Traffic Display, Leading Particulars ................35
Table 42 ANT 67A Directional Antenna, Leading Particulars ............36
Table 43 KFS 578A, Leading Particulars ...............................38
Table 44 PS-578A Control Unit, Leading Particulars ...................39
Table 45 PS-550 Control Unit, Leading Particulars ....................39
Table 46 CD 671C Mode S/TCAS Control Unit, Leading Particulars .......40
Table 47 IVA 81A TA/VSI Leading Particulars ..........................41
Table 48 IVA 81C / IVA 81D TA/VSI Leading Particulars ................43
Table 49 GC 362A TCAS Graphic Processor Leading Particulars ..........45
Table 50 TCAS I System Simplified Block Diagram ......................80
Table 51 CP 66A / CP 66B Control Unit Controls and Indicators .......117
Table 52 Control Unit Controls and Indicators .......................124

TC-10
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

ITEM PAGE

Table 1001 TCAS/Weather Radar Display Fault Annunciations ............1005

Table 1002 Catastrophic Single Letter Failure Codes ..................1006
Table 1003 TCAS Processor Fault Codes ................................1007
Table 2001 TPU 66A TCAS Processor Rear Interconnects .................2012
Table 2002 TA/VSI IVA 81A/B/C/D & TA TID 66A/66D Pin Names ...........2024
Table 2003 CP 66A TCAS Control Connector Pin Names ...................2026
Table 2004 CP 66B TCAS Control Connector Pin Names ...................2027
Table 2005 KFS 578A Control Unit Connector Pin Names (P5782) .........2029
Table 2006 KFS 578A Control Unit Connector Pin Names (P5781) .........2029
Table 2007 PS-578A Control Unit Connector (J1) Pin Definitions .......2032
Table 2008 PS-578A Control Unit Connector (J2) Pin Definitions .......2034
Table 2009 PS-550 Control Unit Connector Pin Name Definitions ........2036
Table 2010 CD 671C Control Unit Connector Pin Names (P6711) ..........2040
Table 2011 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor -0101 Connector Pins ......2044
Table 2012 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor -0103 Connector Pins ......2046
Table 2013 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor -0203 Connector Pins ......2048
Table 2014 Inspection/Check Procedure ................................2058

TC-11
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED

TC-12
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

INTRODUCTION

This manual includes description, installation, fault isolation, and flight-line

checkout procedures for the Honeywell CAS 66A (TCAS I) Traffic Alert and Colli-
sion Avoidance System.
The conditions and tests required for the TSO and MOPS approval of this article
are minimum performance standards. It is the responsibility of those installing
this article either on or with a specified type or class of aircraft to determine
that the aircraft installation conditions are within the TSO and MOPS standards.
These articles must have separate approval for installation in an aircraft. Any
features in this equipment outside the requirements of this applicable TSO and
MOPS must be evaluated and approved as part of the installation approval. The
article may be installed only if performed under 14 CFR part 43 or the applicable
airworthiness requirements.

INTRO-1
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED

INTRO-2
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1. General

This section contains system information, equipment part numbers, compo-

nents, specifications, for the CAS 66A Collision Avoidance System (TCAS),
hereafter referred to as the TCAS I, the system, or by its full nomencla-
ture.

The CAS 66A system monitors airspace around the "own" aircraft by inter-
rogating an "intruder" aircraft’s transponder. The TCAS processor com-
putes the range, differential altitude bearing and closure rate of the
intruder compares it’s own position and determines the potential for col-
lision.

The data is then routed to aural messages and visual displays.

A basic CAS 66A TCAS I system consists of the following equipment:

• TPU 66A TCAS I Processor

• Control Switches
or CP 66A / CP 66B TCAS I Control Unit
or CD 671C TCAS/Mode S Transponder Control Unit
or KFS 578A TCAS/Mode S Transponder Control Unit
or PS-578A TCAS/Mode S Transponder Control Unit
or PS-550 TCAS/Mode S Transponder Control Unit
or RMU 555 Radio Management Control System
• TID 66A/66D TCAS I TA Indicator
or IVA 81A / IVA 81C / IVA 81D TA/VSI Indicator
or Radar Display via GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor
or EFIS Display via Symbol Generator
• ANT 67A Directional Antenna (top mounted)
• Standard L-band omnidirectional antenna (bottom-mounted)
or ANT 67A Directional Antenna (bottom-mounted)

2. System Configuration

The various components of the CAS 66A TCAS I system are listed in this
section. Basic system components are listed first followed by system op-
tions.

NOTE: Some component part numbers may not be currently available.

Consult the current Honeywell catalog or contact a Honeywell
representative for equipment availability.

Page 1
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

A. Basic System

The overall TCAS I system configuration is dependent on the equip-

ment available in the particular aircraft.

The following text describes the available configurations and fea-

tures for the TCAS I basic system. Included are the TCAS processor,
control switches, TCAS traffic display, directional antenna, omni-
directional antenna.

(1) TPU 66A TCAS Processor

The available configurations of the TCAS processor and the as-
sociated features are listed below.

HONEYWELL VERSION BASIC 28 V dc SINGLE OR DUAL

PART NUMBER NUMBER UNIT POWER DIRECTIONAL ANTENNA
066-01145 -0101 X X X
Table 1 TPU 66A TCAS Processor, Configuration Available

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit TCAS I transmitter-receiver. Primary component of CAS 66A system.
Contains circuitry necessary for functions of a TCAS I system and
interfacing with antennas, graphic processors, controls, and
displays.
Primary Power 28 V dc power input.
Single Directional Designed for installations having top-mounted directional antenna
Antenna and bottom-mounted omnidirectional antenna. Some installations may
require the bottom antenna to be a directional antenna, the top and
bottom directional antenna configuration is compatible with the
processor.
NOTE: One or two directional antennas may be used in a TCAS I system. A top-mounted ANT 67A
is always required. For intruder bearing to be determined on the bottom-antenna an ANT 67A
must be used on the bottom of the aircraft.

Table 2 TPU 66A TCAS Processor Features

(2) Control Switches

Control switches can be used for TCAS Power, Standby, Test,
T/WX, Flight Level, and Above/Normal/Below. Below is a brief
description of the characteristics of the switches.

NOTE: Control switches are to be used only if a control

unit is not available.

Page 2
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
TCAS PWR Turns unit ON or OFF.
STANDBY Places unit in standby.
TEST Momentary, initiates a TCAS system functional self-test.
T/Wx Momentary, cause transition between three states in a cyclical
manner: Weather Only; Weather with TCAS traffic; and Traffic Only
modes.
ABOVE/NORMAL/BELOW Momentary, cause transition between three states in a cyclical
manner: Normal; Below; Above.
FLIGHT LEVEL Momentary, activates a mode for 15 seconds, then returns to
default.
Table 3 Control Switch Features

(3) TID 66A TCAS I Dedicated Traffic Display Unit

Below are the available configurations of the display unit and
the associated features.

HONEYWELL VERSION BEZEL BASIC PRIMARY RANGE LIGHTING BRIGHT

PART NUMBER NUMBER UNIT POWER CONTROL BUS CONTROL
UP⋅ DN (DIM POT)
066-50011 -0101 Black X 28 V dc X 5 V ac or dc X
-0201 Black X 28 V dc X 28 V dc X
-0301 Gray X 28 V dc X 5 V ac or dc X
-0401 Gray X 28 V dc X 28 V dc X
Table 4 TID 66A TCAS I Traffic Display, Configurations Available

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Displays surrounding traffic and traffic advisories.
Primary Power 28 V dc power input.
Range Control Pushbutton range control mounted on front panel of TA. Control
allows selection of 3, 5, 10, 20, and 40 nautical mile display
ranges on the TA traffic display.
BRT Control Allows manual adjustment of display brightness.
5 V Lighting Bus 5 V ac or dc lighting.
28 V dc Lighting Bus 28 V dc lighting.
Table 5 TID 66A TCAS I Display Features

Page 3
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(4) TID 66D TCAS I Dedicated Traffic Display Unit

Below are the available configurations of the TID 66D display
unit and the associated features of each. Unit base part num-
ber is 80-5216-(hardware (HW) dash number)-(software (SW)
dash number), for example, end item number 80-5216-8-5 where
80-5216 is base, 8 is HW, and 5 is SW.

HW SW INPUT LIGHTING RANGE TA BRIGHT LIGHT CONN. BEZEL

DASH DASH POWER BUS CONTROL SEL. CONTROL SENS. (3) COLOR
P/N P/N UP⋅ DN
-2 -2 115 V ac 5 V ac or dc NO NO NO YES A Gray
-3 -2 115 V ac 5 V ac or dc NO YES YES (1) YES A Black
-3 -4 (2) 115 V ac 5 V ac or dc NO YES YES (1) YES A Black
-3 -5 115 V ac 5 V ac or dc NO YES YES (1) YES A Black
-4 -2 115 V ac 5 V ac or dc NO YES YES (1) YES A Gray
-4 -5 115 V ac 5 V ac or dc NO YES YES (1) YES A Gray
-5 -2 115 V ac 5 V ac or dc NO YES YES (1) YES A Brown
-6 -5 28 V dc 5 V ac or dc NO YES YES (1) YES C Black
-7 -5 28 V dc 5 V ac or dc NO YES YES (1) YES C Gray
-8 -5 28 V dc 28 V dc NO YES YES (1) YES B Black
-9 -3 28 V dc 5 V ac or dc YES NO YES (1) YES C Black
-9 -5 28 V dc 5 V ac or dc YES NO YES (1) YES C Black
-10 -5 28 V dc 5 V ac or dc YES NO YES (1) YES C Gray
-11 -5 28 V dc 28 V dc YES NO YES (1) YES B Black
-15 -5 115 V ac 5 V ac or dc NO NO YES (1) YES A Gray
-12 -5 115 V ac 5 V ac or dc YES NO YES (1) YES A Black
-14 -5 115 V ac 5 V ac or dc YES NO YES (1) YES A Gray
Table 6 TID 66D TCAS I Traffic Display, Configurations Available

NOTES
(1) Manual Brightness control is a low-profile circular pressure actuated knob with
protective collar.
(2) The -3-4 configuration is identical to the -3-2 configuration. The -3-4 config-
uration is retained from the IVA-81D product line for continuity.
(3) LRU Connector cross reference:
A - M83723-72R2041N
B - M83723-72R2041-6
C - M83723-72R2041-7

Page 4
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Displays surrounding traffic and traffic advisories.
Primary Power 115Vac or 28 V dc power input.
Range Control Pushbutton range control mounted on front panel of TA. Control
allows selection of 3, 5, 10, 20, and 40 nautical mile display
ranges on the TA traffic display.
BRT Control Allows manual adjustment of display brightness.
5 V Lighting Bus 5 V ac or dc lighting.
28 V dc Lighting Bus 28 V dc lighting.
Table 7 TID 66D TCAS I Display Features

(5) ANT 67A Directional Antenna

Below are the available configurations of the antenna and the
associated features.

HONEYWELL VERSION BASIC ANTENNA COAX CONN BASIC NUMBER OF

PART NUMBER NUMBER UNIT SHAPE SHAPE MOUNTING SCREWS
071-01548 -0100 X Teardrop 1.50" Flat 4
-0200 X Teardrop 0.75" Flat 4
Table 8 ANT 67A Directional Antenna, Configuration Available

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Four-element passive array. Screw mounted to aircraft fuselage.
Radiates 1030 MHz, pulse-modulated inputs from TPU 66A TCAS processor.
Detects radiated 1090 MHz, pulse-modulated signals.
Table 9 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Features

(6) L-Band Omnidirectional Antenna

Listed below are type configurations of the antenna and the
associated features.

VENDOR NAME MODEL VENDOR PART LRU IMPEDENCE/ TSO

NUMBER DESCRIPTION RF/DC COMPLIANCE
Honeywell KA 60 071-01174-0000 L-Band 50 Ω/Open C66a, C74
Dorne & OMNI 50- OMNI50-2-2 L-Band 50 Ω/Short C66a, C74c
Margolin Series
Dayton L-Band L10-16 L-Band 50 Ω/Open C6
Granger
Table 10 Omnidirectional Antenna, Configurations Available

Page 5
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Screw mounted to aircraft fuselage. Radiates 1030 MHz, pulse-modulated
inputs from TPU 66A TCAS processor. Detects radiated 1090 MHz, pulse-
modulated signals. Vertically polarized.

Table 11 Omnidirectional Antenna Features

B. System Configuration Options

The following text describes the optional configurations and fea-

tures for the TCAS I system configuration. Included are the control
units, TA/VSI dedicated TCAS traffic displays, and the TCAS graphics
processor.

(1) CP 66A / CP 66B TCAS Control Unit

Listed below are the available configurations of the CP 66A
and CP 66B control units and the associated features.

NOTE: The BASIC UNIT has the following: Lighting Bus 5

V ac or 5 V dc or 28 V dc; FLIGHT LEVEL switch;
ABOVE/NORMAL/BELOW switch; STANDBY switch; POWER
switch; and a TEST switch.

HONEYWELL VERSION BASIC BEZEL RANGE SWITCH T/Wx

PART NUMBER NUMBER UNIT
071-01547 -0101 X Black X X
-0201 X Black X
-0301 X Black X
-0401 X Black
-0501 X Gray X X
-0601 X Gray X
-0701 X Gray X
-0801 X Gray
Table 12 CP 66A TCAS Control Unit, Configurations Available

Page 6
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

HONEYWELL VERSION BEZEL RANGE T/Wx AUTO/ DIMMING

PART NUMBER NUMBER SELECTOR SELECTOR MANUAL ANNUNCIATOR
071-01568 -0101 Black X X
-0201 Black X
-0401 Black
-0501 Gray X X
-0601 Gray X
-0801 Gray
-0901 Gray X X
-1001 Black X X
-1101 Gray X X X
-1201 Black X X
-1401 Black X
-1501 Gray X X X
-1601 Gray X X
-1801 Gray X
-2001 Black X X X
-2101 Black X X X

Table 13 CP 66B TCAS Control Unit, Configurations Available

Page 7
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Provides control for TCAS I. Interfaces various external discretes
inputs and supplies ARINC 429 and control signals necessary for the
operation of the TCAS I system.
Primary Power 28 V dc power input.
RNG Used to select the range on the traffic display. The range is in
nautical miles.
FL (Flight Level) Replaces intruder’s relative altitude with absolute altitude in
flight level format for 15 seconds.
ABOVE/NORMAL/BELOW Selects altitude display limits. Above: 8700 feet above, 2700
below; Normal: 2700 feet above, 2700 below; Below: 2700 feet above,
8700 feet below.
TST Initiates a comprehensive system self test lasting approximately
twelve seconds.
SBY Places TCAS in standby.
PWR Turns system ON or OFF.
T/Wx Used in installations with radar indicators for traffic display to
switch between Weather Only (Wx), Weather with Traffic Overlaid (T/
Wx) and Traffic Only (TCAS).
Lamp Voltage The lamps can be powered by either 5 V or 28 V dc.
Table 14 CP 66A Control Unit Features

The CP 66B has all of the features listed for the CP 66A with the excep-
tions or derivatives listed below.

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Fail Annunciate Blinks at a 2 Hz rate, when STBY or ON is selected, and fail-enable
discrete is grounded; If TEST is active and fail enable is grounded, FAIL
will annunciate for four seconds. If fail enable is open, there is no
annunciation. If DIM ENABLE is grounded, then the annunciator will dim (-
1101 thru -2001 versions only).
ON/OFF Turns the control unit ON or OFF.
AUTO/MANUAL AUTO/MANUAL is controlled via an open/ground discrete input on the rear
(-0901,-1001 connector. In Honeywell EFIS installations, it is used to control the
-1101,-2001 display of TCAS on the MFD. In AUTO mode, traffic is displayed on the MFD
CP 66B only) whenever there is traffic to display. In MANUAL mode, traffic is only
displayed on the MFD when TCAS is selected on the EFIS controller.
Table 15 CP 66B Control Unit Features

Page 8
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(2) KFS 578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit

Listed below are the available configurations and associated
features of the KFS 578A control units that are compatible
with TCAS I.

HONEYWELL FACE PLATE ON/OFF DUAL XPNDR LAMP RANGE TDR 94D
P/N 071- SWITCH 1/2 VOLTAGE CONTROL COMP
01507-6503 Black Yes Yes 28 V dc Extnd Yes
01507-6603 Gray Yes Yes 28 V dc Extnd Yes
01507-6703 Black Yes Yes 5 V Extnd Yes
01507-6803 Gray Yes Yes 5 V Extnd Yes
01507-8103 Black Yes Yes 28 V dc No Yes
01507-8203 Gray Yes Yes 28 V dc No Yes
01507-8303 Black Yes Yes 5 V No Yes
01507-8403 Gray Yes Yes 5 V No Yes
01507-7504* Black No Yes 5 V Extnd/Slct Yes
01507-7604* Gray No Yes 5 V Extnd/Slct Yes
* -XX04 software versions provide "POP-UP” display mode as a switched or strap option
and “Select (Slct)” range as a strap option.

Table 16 KFS 578A Control Unit Configurations Available

NOTE: When using a KFS 578A in a configuration interfaced

with a radar indicator, a T/Wx remote switch will
be required.

Page 9
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Microprocessor based control unit for controlling a transponder. The
unit contains all controls required for transponder operation including:
TEST, STANDBY, ON (transponder), ALTITUDE, VFR and IDENT.
Primary Power 28 V dc power input.
ON/OFF Switch Turns the system ON or OFF.
Faceplate A choice of faceplate colors are available.
1/2 Dual Provides control of two, individually selected transponders.
TCAS Range Selects the TCAS traffic display range according to the KFS 578A version
Control Switch configuration:
-NORMAL 3, 5, 10, or 15 nm;
-EXTENDED (Extnd) 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, or 40 nm;
-SELECT (Slct) 5, 10, 20, or 40 nm. “Select” range is an installation
strap option available on -XX04 versions. Refer to Table 2006 KFS 578A
Control Unit Connector Pin Names (P5781).
-NO RANGE control units annunciate on the display.
TCAS The TCAS configuration contains the following elements:
ABOVE/NORMAL/BELOW: Selects relative altitude display limits for non-
threat category aircraft on traffic display.
TA: Places the TCAS in the Traffic Advisory mode.
FL: TCAS Flight Level function causes the TCAS indicator to change
displayed altitude from Relative Altitude (intruder to own aircraft) to
absolute altitude.
POP-UP On -XX04 units an external strap or switch is required to select one
of two options: MANUAL or AUTO mode. In Honeywell EFIS installations,
the Traffic display can be brought up on the Multi-Functional Display
(MFD) by a deep toggle of the TCAS button located on the EFIS con-
troller. If the "AUTO" mode is active, the Traffic display can "POP-
UP", initiated by the presence of traffic.
Lamp Voltage The lamps can be powered by either 5 V or 28 V dc.

Table 17 KFS 578A Control Unit Features

Page 10
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(3) PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit

Listed below is a KFS 578A to PS-578A cross-reference for
units compatible with TCAS I.

KFS 578A KFS PS-578A FACE DISPLAY DUAL XPNDR ON/OFF RANGE
TCAS
071-01507 LAMP 071-01618 PLATE COLOR 1/2 SWITCH CONTROL
-6503 28V -0012 BLK White YES YES 1 Extended
-0112 BLK Amber

-6603 28V -0011 GRY White YES YES 1 Extended

-0111 GRY Amber

-6703 5V -0012 BLK White YES YES 1 Extended

-0112 BLK Amber

-6803 5V -0011 GRY White YES YES 1 Extended

-0111 GRY Amber

-8103 28V -0012 BLK White YES YES 1 No

-0112 BLK Amber

-8203 28V -0011 GRY White YES YES 1 No

-0111 GRY Amber

-8303 5V -0012 BLK White YES YES 1 No

-0112 BLK Amber

-8403 5V -0011 GRY White YES YES 1 No

-0111 GRY Amber

-7504 5V -0016 BLK White YES NO 1 Select

-0116 BLK Amber

-7604 5V -0015 GRY White YES NO 1 Select

-0115 GRY Amber

Table 18 KFS 578A - PS-578A Configuration Cross-Reference (TCAS I)

Page 11
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

NOTE: The PS-578A is configured by grounding (*FCDE) ATE

Test J1 pin 24 using the configuration programming
harness at initial power up, and dialing in a
KFS 578A version number with the A/N/B Rotary Se-
lector or Range Rotary Selector.

Refer to D. PS-578A Configuration Programming Har-

ness to fabricate the configuration programming
harness. Refer to Table 18 KFS 578A - PS-578A Con-
figuration Cross-Reference (TCAS I) for compatible
PS-578A replacements for KFS 578A units and for
range control options.

NOTE: PS-578A versions that emulate KFS 578A -XX04 ver-

sions provide “Select” range and "POP-UP” display
mode as installation strap or switch options. Refer
to Table 2007 PS-578A Control Unit Connector (J1)
Pin Definitions.

Listed below are the available configurations and associated

features of the PS-578A control units that are compatible with
TCAS I.

Page 12
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

HONEYWELL VERSION FACE DISPLAY DUAL ON/OFF LAMP VOLTS

PART NUMBER PLATE COLOR XPNDR SWITCH
1/2
071-01618 -0011 Gray White Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0012 Black White Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0013 Gray White No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0014 Black White No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0015 Gray White Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0016 Black White Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0017 Gray White No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0018 Black White No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0111 Gray Amber Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0112 Black Amber Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0113 Gray Amber No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0114 Black Amber No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0115 Gray Amber Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0116 Black Amber Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0117 Gray Amber No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc
-0118 Black Amber No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc

Table 19 PS-578A Control Unit Configurations

NOTE: When using a PS-578A in a configuration interfaced

with a radar indicator, a T/Wx remote switch will
be required.

Page 13
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

NOTE: Range Control is configured by grounding ATE Test

(FCDE) J1 pin 24 at power up, and choosing a com-
patible KFS 578A version number with the desired
range option by dialing the A/N/B Rotary Selector
or Range Rotary Selector.

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Microprocessor based transponder control unit. The unit contains all
controls required for transponder operation including: TEST, STANDBY, ON
(transponder), ALTITUDE, VFR and IDENT.
Faceplate A choice of faceplate colors are available.
ON/OFF Switch Turns the control unit ON or OFF.
1/2 Dual Provides control of two, individually selected transponders.
TCAS Range Selects the TCAS traffic display range according to the emulated KFS 578A
Control configuration:
Switch
-NORMAL 3, 5, 10, or 15 nm;
-EXTENDED 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, or 40 nm;
-SELECT 5, 10, 20, or 40 nm. “Select” range is an installation strap option
available to units emulating KFS 578A -XX04 versions. Refer to Table 2007
PS-578A Control Unit Connector (J1) Pin Definitions.
-NO RANGE control units flash “RNG CNTRL” for 1 sec and “ON DSPL” for 1 sec
when the Range rotary is activated.
TCAS The TCAS configuration contains the following elements:

ABOVE/NORMAL/BELOW: Selects relative altitude display limits for non-threat

category aircraft on traffic display.

TA: Places the TCAS in the Traffic Advisory mode.

TA/RA: Places the TCAS in the Traffic Advisory/Resolution Advisory mode.

FL: TCAS Flight Level function causes the TCAS indicator to change
displayed altitude from Relative Altitude (intruder to own aircraft) to
absolute altitude.
POP-UP On units emulating KFS 578A -XX04 versions an external switch or strap is
required to select one of two options: MANUAL or AUTO mode. In Honeywell
EFIS installations, the Traffic display can be brought up on the Multi-
Functional Display (MFD) by a deep toggle of the TCAS button located on the
EFIS controller. If the "AUTO" mode is active, the Traffic display can
"POP-UP," initiated by the presence of traffic.
FID Pushbutton Allows entry of alpha numeric flight identification and annunciates “FID”
on display.
Lamp Voltage Lamps can be powered by 5 Vac, 5 Vdc, or 28 Vdc dimming source.
Table 20 PS-578A Control Unit Features

Page 14
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(4) PS-550 Mode S/TCAS Control Unit

Listed below are the available configurations and associated
features of the PS-550 control units that are compatible with
TCAS I.

HONEYWELL VERSION FACE DISPLAY DUAL ON/OFF LAMP VOLTS RANGE

PART PLATE COLOR XPNDR SWITCH CONTROL
NUMBER 1/2 OPTION*
071-01619 -0011 Gray White Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0012 Black White Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0013 Gray White No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0014 Black White No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0015 Gray White Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0016 Black White Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0017 Gray White No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0018 Black White No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0111 Gray Amber Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0112 Black Amber Yes Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0113 Gray Amber No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0114 Black Amber No Yes 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0115 Gray Amber Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0116 Black Amber Yes No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0117 Gray Amber No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
-0118 Black Amber No No 5vac/5vdc or 28vdc Yes
*Discrete options for TCAS traffic display range control include: Normal 3, 5, 10, 15 nm;
Extended 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 40 nm; or Range Disabled. Refer to Table 2009 PS-550 Control Unit
Connector Pin Name Definitions.

Table 21 PS-550 Control Unit Configurations

Page 15
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

NOTE: When using a PS-550 in a configuration interfaced

with a radar indicator, a T/Wx remote switch will
be required.

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Microprocessor based control unit for controlling a transponder. The unit
contains all controls required for transponder operation including: TEST,
STANDBY, ON (transponder), ALTITUDE, VFR and IDENT. Compatible with the
COLLINS TDR-94D transponder.
1/2 Dual Provides control of two individually selected transponders.
TCAS Range Selects the TCAS nautical mile traffic display according to the installed
Switch discrete range option (see Table 2009 PS-550 Control Unit Connector Pin Name
Definitions):
-NORMAL 3, 5, 10, 15 nm
-EXTENDED 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, 40 nm
-RANGE DISABLED. INOP is displayed as TCAS Range switch is rotated.
TCAS The TCAS configuration contains the following elements:
ABOVE/NORMAL/BELOW: Selects relative altitude display limits for non-threat
category aircraft on traffic display.
TA: Places the TCAS in the Traffic Advisory mode.
TA/RA: Places the TCAS in the Traffic Advisory/Resolution
Advisory mode.
FL: TCAS Flight Level function causes the TCAS indicator to change displayed
altitude from Relative Altitude (intruder to own aircraft) to absolute
altitude.
MODE ATC Mode - allows entry of the four-digit ATC code.
Pushbutton
FID Mode - allows entry of alpha numeric flight identification and
annunciates “FID” on display.

TFC Mode - (Collins TDR-94D) selects traffic display operating mode: pop-up
(AUTO) or full-time display (ON) and annunciates on display.

FL Mode (Honeywell MST 67A) - allows selection of relative (REL) or absolute

(ABS) altitude to be displayed.

ADC Mode - selects which air data computer is used by TCAS and annunciates
“ADC” and “1” or “2” on display.
Lamp Voltage Lamps can be powered by 5 Vac, 5 Vdc, or 28 Vdc dimming source.
Lighting Dim and bright values for panel lighting and LCD backlighting may be
Brightness adjusted independently.
Control
Table 22 PS-550 Control Unit Features

Page 16
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(5) CD 671C Mode S/TCAS Control Unit

Listed below are the available configurations and associated
features of the CD 671C control units.

HONEYWELL VERSION BASIC BEZEL DUAL SINGLE RANGE T/Wx

PART NUMBER NUMBER UNIT SWITCH
071-01542- -0101 X Black X X X
-0201 X Black X X
-0301 X Black X X
-0401 X Black X
-1101 X Black X X X
-1201 X Black X X
-1301 X Black X X
-1401 X Black X
-2101 X Grey X X X
-2201 X Grey X X
-2301 X Grey X X
-2401 X Grey X
-3101 X Grey X X X
-3201 X Grey X X
-3301 X Grey X X
-3401 X Grey X
Table 23 CD 671C Mode S/TCAS Control Unit, Configurations Available

Page 17
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Microprocessor based unit contains all controls required for
transponder operation including: TEST, STANDBY, ON (transponder),
ALTITUDE, VFR and IDENT. Compatible with the Collins TDR 94D
transponder.
Primary Power 28 V dc power input.
ON/OFF Turns the system ON or OFF.
1/2 Dual Provides control of two, individually selected transponders.
TCAS Selects nautical mile ranges for the traffic display.
Range Switch Nautical mile range scales are 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, and 40.
TCAS The TCAS configuration contains the following elements:
ABOVE/NORMAL/BELOW: Selects relative altitude display limits for non-threat
category aircraft on traffic display.
TA: Places the TCAS in the Traffic Advisory mode.
FL: TCAS Flight Level function causes the TCAS indicator to change
displayed altitude from Relative Altitude (intruder to own aircraft) to
absolute altitude.
Lamp Voltage The lamps can be powered by either 5 V ac, 5 V dc, or 28 V dc.
Table 24 CD 671C Control Unit Features

Page 18
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(6) IVA 81A / IVA 81C / IVA 81D TA/VSI

Listed below are configurations and features of the display
units.

NOTE: When using the IVA 81A, IVA 81C or IVA 81D in a TCAS
I configuration, an RA flag may result if Air Data
is lost. An RA flag is not a requirement for TCAS
I.

UP⋅ DN TA
HONEYWELL VERSION FACE PRIMARY PANEL RANGE SELECT DIM SW
PART NUMBER NUMBER PLATE POWER LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH (POT) IDENT
066-50001 -8101 Black 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc 01/06
-8102 Gray 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc 01/06
-8103 Brown 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc 01/06
-8104 Blue 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc 01/06
-8105 Black 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X 01/06
-8106 Gray 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X 01/06
-8107 Brown 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X 01/06
-8108 Blue 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X 01/06
-0901 Black 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X X 01/06
-1001 Gray 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X X 01/06
-1101 Brown 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X X 01/06
-1201 Blue 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X X 01/06
-1301 Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc 01/06
-1401 Gray 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc 01/06
-1501 Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X 01/06
-1601 Gray 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X 01/06
-1701 Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X X 01/06
-1801 Gray 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X X 01/06
-1901 Black 28 Vdc 28 Vdc 01/06
-2001 Gray 28 Vdc 28 Vdc 01/06
-2101 Black 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X 01/06
-2201 Gray 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X 01/06
-2301 Black 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X X 01/06
-2401 Gray 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X X 01/06
-2502 Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X 02/03
Table 25 IVA 81A TA/VSI Configurations
(Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 19
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

UP⋅ DN TA
HONEYWELL VERSION FACE PRIMARY PANEL RANGE SELECT DIM SW
PART NUMBER NUMBER PLATE POWER LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH (POT) IDENT
066-50001 -2602 Gray 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X 02/03
-2702 Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X X 02/03
-2802 Gray 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X X 02/03
-2902 Black 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X 02/03
-3002 Gray 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X 02/03
-3102 Black 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X X 02/03
-3202 Gray 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X X 02/03
-0903 Black 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X X 03/03
-1003 Gray 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X X 03/03
-0904 Black 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X X 04/03
-1004 Gray 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X X 04/03
-1704 Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X X 04/03
-1804 Gray 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X X 04/03
-2304 Black 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X X 04/03
-2404 Gray 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X X 04/03
-2504 Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X 04/03
-2604 Gray 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X 04/03
-2704 Black 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X X 04/03
-2804 Gray 28 Vdc 5 Vac/Vdc X X 04/03
-2904 Black 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X 04/03
-3004 Gray 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X 04/03
-3104 Black 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X X 04/03
-3204 Gray 28 Vdc 28 Vdc X X 04/03
-3304 Black 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X 04/03
-3404 Gray 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X 04/03
-3504 Black 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X X 04/03
-3604 Gray 115 Vac 5 Vac/Vdc X X 04/03
Table 25 IVA 81A TA/VSI Configurations
(Sheet 2)

Page 20
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

SOFTWARE RANGE SELECTION OPTIONS BY SOFTWARE TYPE

RANGE OPTION: 01/06 02/03 03/03 04/03 05/03 06/01
Fixed at 6.5 nm X X X X X X
Fixed at 10.0 nm X X
3, 5, 10, 15 nm X X X
Transponder Panel X X X X X X
5, 10, 20, 40 nm X X X
3, 5, 10, 20, 40 nm X
1, 3, 5, 10, 20, 40 nm X X
Table 26 IVA 81A TA/VSI Range Options/Software Matrix

OPTIONS BY SOFTWARE TYPE

FUNCTION: 01/06 02/03 03/03 04/03
RLS Capability X X
Type “A” Flags/ MSGs X X
BLS Compensation X X X X
Day/Night Display
NON-Standard ARINC 419 X
E-TCAS Compatible
Vertical Speed m/sec X
Strapable Dim Knob X X
TSO’ed X X X X

Table 27 IVA 81A TA/VSI Options/Software Matrix

Page 21
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Displays surrounding traffic advisories.
(all versions)
Range Control Pushbutton range control mounted on front panel of TA/VSI. Control
allows selection of 3, 5, 10, 20, and 40 nautical mile display ranges
on the TA/VSI traffic display.
TA SEL Switch Declutters all traffic symbols from display.
BRT Control Allows manual adjustment of display brightness.
Table 28 IVA 81A TA/VSI Features

HONEYWELL VERSION BEZEL PRIMARY POWER RANGE TA LIGHTING BUS BRIGHT

PART NUMBER NUMBER CONTROL SELECT CONTROL
UP⋅ DN SWITCH (DIM POT)
066-50053 -2704 Black 28 V dc X 5 V ac or dc X
-2804 Gray 28 V dc X 5 V ac or dc X

Table 29 IVA 81C TA/VSI Configurations

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Displays surrounding traffic advisories.
(all versions)
Range Control Pushbutton range control mounted on front panel of TA/VSI. Control
allows selection of 3, 5, 10, 20, and 40 nautical mile display ranges
on the TA/VSI traffic display.
TA SEL Switch Declutters all traffic symbols from display.
BRT Control Allows manual adjustment of display brightness.
Table 30 IVA 81C TA/VSI, Features

Page 22
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

HONEYWELL VERSION SOFTWARE BEZEL PRIMARY RANGE TA LIGHTING BUS BRIGHT

PART NUMBER VERSION POWER CONTROL SELECT CONTROL
NUMBER UP⋅ DN SWITCH (DIM POT)
066-01171 -0901 01/06 Black 115 V ac X 5 V ac or dc X
-0903 03/03 Black 115 V ac X 5 V ac or dc X
-0904 04/03 Black 115 V ac X 5 V ac or dc X
-1001 01/06 Gray 115 V ac X 5 V ac or dc X
-1004 04/06 Gray 115 V ac X 5 V ac or dc X
-1101 01/06 Brown 115 V ac X 5 V ac or dc X
-1704 04/03 Black 28 V dc X 5 V ac or dc X
-1804 04/03 Gray 28 V dc X 5 V ac or dc X
-2304 04/03 Black 28 V dc X 28 V dc X
-2702 02/03 Black 28 V dc X 5 V ac or dc X
-2704 04/03 Black 28 V dc X 5 V ac or dc X
-2804 04/03 Gray 28 V dc X 5 V ac or dc X
-3104 04/03 Black 28 V dc X 28 V dc X
-3404 04/03 Gray 115 V ac 5 V ac or dc X
-3504 04/03 Black 115 V ac X 5 V ac or dc X
-3604 04/03 Gray 115 V ac X 5 V ac or dc X
-8102 01/06 Gray 115 V ac 5 V ac or dc

Table 31 IVA 81D TA/VSI Configurations

Page 23
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Displays surrounding traffic advisories.
(all versions)
Range Control Pushbutton range control mounted on front panel of TA/VSI. Control
allows selection of 3, 5, 10, 20, and 40 nautical mile display ranges
on the TA/VSI traffic display.
TA SEL Switch Declutters all traffic symbols from display.
BRT Control Allows manual adjustment of display brightness.
Table 32 IVA 81D TA/VSI, Features

(7) Optional Displays

Listed below are the optional display unit configurations.

SYSTEM LRU MANUFACTURER/ LRU DESCRIPTION LRU PART NUMBER

COMPONENT MODEL DESIGNATOR
Display Honeywell SG-465 Symbol Generator 066-04021-01XX
066-04021-02XX
066-04021-04XX
066-04021-05XX
066-04021-11XX
066-04021-12XX
066-04021-14XX
066-04021-15XX
Honeywell SG-464 Symbol Generator 066-04020-01XX
066-04020-02XX
066-04020-11XX
066-04020-12XX
Honeywell IC-600 Integrated 7017000-80151 (Pilot’s)
Computer 7017000-81151 (Co-Pilot’s)
Honeywell SG-805 Symbol Generator 7011672-111
Honeywell MG-805 Multi-functional 7011673-111
Symbol Generator
Table 33 Display Options

Page 24
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(8) GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Unit

Listed below are the available configurations of the TCAS
graphics processor unit and the associated features.

HONEYWELL VERSION BASIC PRIMARY REMOTE RANGE 3 RADAR

PART NUMBER NUMBER UNIT POWER SWITCHES PIN INDICATOR
071-1505 -0102* X 28 V dc X X RDS/Series
071-1505 -0103 X 28 V dc X X RDS/ SPERRY PRIMUS**
071-1505 -0203 X 28 V dc X X RDS/ COLLINS**
* Replaced by P/N 071-01505-0103
** See below for model compatibility.
NOTE: Version -0101 has been certified but is not currently available.

Table 34 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor, Configurations Available

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Basic Unit Remote mounted graphics processor, converts high speed 429 from ARINC 735
processor for display on weather radar indicator.
Primary Power 28 V dc power input.
Remote Switch Discrete switch that allows for manual mode control of the graphic
processor. Modes available are WX Radar Only, WX Radar/TCAS overlay, and
TCAS Only.
TCAS Processor Compatible with Honeywell TPU 66A.
Range 3 Pin Compatible with Honeywell Primus 650 and 870 series radars.
Radar Systems: -0102 Compatible with Honeywell RDS 81, 82, 84, 86 and RDR 2000, 2100;
Compatible with Honeywell Primus 200, 300SL, 400, 800 and P90 series
radars.

-0103 Compatible with Honeywell RDS 81, 82, 84, 86 and RDR 2000, 2100;
Compatible with Honeywell Primus 200, 300SL, 400, 650, 800, 870 and P90
series radars.

-0203 Compatible with Honeywell RDS 81, 82, 84, 86 and RDR 2000, 2100;
Compatible with Collins IND-270 radar indicator.
Table 35 GC 362A Graphics Processor Features

Page 25
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

3. Related Publications

Listed below are the related publications covering the subsystems and
units comprising the TCAS I Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System
and test equipment supporting the system.

NOTE: See original manufacturer’s publications for non-Honeywell

units.

PUBLICATION HONEYWELL ATA

IDENTIFICATION IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER NUMBER
TPU 66A TCAS Processor 006-05339-( ) 34-40-02
Maintenance Manual
TPU 66A TCAS Processor 006-05403-( ) 34-40-13
Illustrated Parts List
TID 66A TCAS Display Component I.B. 1166A 34-45-13
Maintenance Manual
TID 66D TCAS Display Component 34-45-45 34-45-45
Maintenance Manual
CAS 81 Traffic Alert Collision Avoidance System I.B. 1181 34-45-00
Maintenance Manual
IVA 81A Traffic Advisory/ I.B. 1181D 34-45-20
Vertical Speed Indicator (TA/VSI)
Component Maintenance Manual
IVA 81C Traffic Advisory/ 80-5123 33-45-40
Vertical Speed Indicator (TA/VSI) call 800.788.5118
Component Maintenance Manual to order
IVA 81D Traffic Advisory/ 80-5181 33-45-41
Vertical Speed Indicator (TA/VSI) call 800.788.5118
Component Maintenance Manual to order
MST 67A Mode S ATC Transponder 006-00681-( ) 34-54-01
System Installation Manual
MST 67A Mode S ATC Transponder 006-05377-( ) 34-54-02
Component Maintenance Manual
KFS 578A Mode S Control Unit Component 006-05378-( ) 34-54-03
Maintenance Manual
CD 671C Mode S/TCAS Control Unit 006-05375-( ) 34-54-05
Component Maintenance Manual
CP 66B TCAS I Control Unit 006-05401-( ) 34-54-06
Component Maintenance Manual

Table 36 Related Publications

(Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 26
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PUBLICATION HONEYWELL ATA

IDENTIFICATION IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER NUMBER
GC 362A TCAS Graphics Display Component 006-05320-( ) N/A
Maintenance Manual
RDR 4A Weather Radar System I.B. 1104 34-41-00
Maintenance Manual
RDS 81 Color Weather Radar System N/A
Installation Manual 006-00954-( )
Maintenance Manual 006-05997-( )
RDS 82 Color Weather Radar System N/A
Installation Manual 006-00955-( )
Maintenance Manual 006-05913-( )
RDS 84 Color Weather Radar System N/A
Installation Manual 006-00902-( )
Maintenance Manual 006-05998-( )
RDS 86 Color Weather Radar System N/A
Installation Manual 006-00903-( )
Maintenance Manual 006-05996-( )
SG 464/465 EFIS Symbol Generator 006-05232-( ) N/A
Maintenance Manual
KMD 550/850 Installation Manual 006-10608-() N.A.
KMD 550/850 Component Maintenance Manual 006-15608-() 31-60-01
RMS 555 Radio Management System 006-00675-( ) N/A
Installation Manual,
Maintenance Manuals RMU 556 006-05308-( ) 45-00-01
KDA 557 006-05373-( ) 45-00-02
CAS 66A Pilot’s Guide 066-08746-( ) N/A

Table 36 Related Publications

(Sheet 2)

Page 27
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

4. Component Leading Particulars

Leading particulars for the TPU 66A TCAS Processor, CP 66A / CP 66B Control
Unit, the remote switches, TID 66A/66D TA Display, ANT 67A Directional
Antenna, KFS 578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit, PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control
Unit, PS-550 Mode S/TCAS Control Unit, CD 671C Mode S/TCAS Control Unit,
IVA 81A / IVA 81C / IVA 81D TA/VSI, and the GC 362A are described below.

Leading particulars for optional display units are described in separate

manuals. See original manufacturer’s publications for non-Honeywell units
per Table 36 Related Publications.

A. TPU 66A TCAS Processor

Listed below are the leading particulars of the TPU 66A TCAS Pro-
cessor.

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
Form Factor 4 MCU (Minimum Configuration Units), ARINC
Specification 600. (1/2 long ATR)
Overall Dimensions See Figure 2014 TPU 66A TCAS I Processor Outline
Drawing
Maximum Weight See Figure 2014 TPU 66A TCAS I Processor Outline
Drawing
Power Requirements
Voltage Nominal: +28 Vdc
Range: +22 to +30 Vdc
Current Nominal: 1.75 ±0.1 A
Maximum Operating: 2.75 ±0.1 A
Bootup: 4.4 ±0.1 A
Power 77 ± 2.8 watts
Synchro Reference ARINC 413A, 26Vac/400 Hz
Altitude Category A2 15,000 ft; F2 55,000 ft
Temperature Range
Operating -55 °C to +70 ° C
Storage °
-55 C to +85 ° C
Cooling Convection
Surveillance Capacity 45 aircraft. However, TCAS can display up to 30 of
the closest-range intruders.
Voice Synthesizer Speaker: 6.5 watts into 8 Ω (configurable)
Headphones: 100 milliwatts (nominal) into 600 Ω
(configurable)
Table 37 TPU 66A TCAS Processor, Leading Particulars
(Sheet 1 of 4)

Page 28
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
RECEIVER
Frequency: 1087 to 1093 MHz
Minimum Trigger Level (MTL) -73 dBm ±3 dB at antenna end of coax
Decoding Ratio
Input at -78 dBm or less 10% maximum
at antenna
Input at MTL +3 dBm to 99% minimum
-21 dBm
Out-of-Band Rejection
(reply signal level required
to provide 90% decoding ratio)
At 1084.5 and 1095.5 MHz 3 dB above MTL minimum
At 1075 and 1105 MHz 40 dB above MTL minimum
At 1065 and 1115 MHz 60 dB above MTL minimum
Dynamic Minimum Trigger
Level (DMTL) Threshold
ATCRBS MTL + 13 dB
Mode S MTL + 10 dB
Minimum Pulse Width 300 μsec
Maximum Pulse Rise Time 0.50 μsec
Delay Difference (between top 0.05 μsec
and bottom antenna channels,
including transmission lines)
TRANSMITTER
Frequency 1030.00 ±0.01 MHz
Warm up time 3 minutes for frequency stabilization
Input VSWR 1.35:1
Rf Peak Output Power at unit
connector
Omni Antenna
Minimum +47.0 dBm (50 W)
Maximum +51.0 dBm (126 W)
Table 37 TPU 66A TCAS Processor, Leading Particulars
(Sheet 2)

Page 29
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
TRANSMITTER (Cont.)
Directional Antenna
(per port)
Minimum +47 dBm (50 W)
Maximum +51 dBm (126 W)
Nominal +49 dBm (79 W)
Unwanted Output Power -70 dBm maximum
(inactive state)
Interrogation Repetition 1 second
Interval
Broadcast Interrogation 10 seconds in each direction (nominal)
Interval
Interrogation Interval 1 second
Jitter
ATCRBS Mode C and Mode S ± 0.1 seconds about the nominal 1-second interval.
TCAS Broadcast ± 1.0 seconds about the nominal 10-second interval.
Transmitter Delay Difference 0.050 μsec maximum
(between top and bottom
antenna channels, including
transmission lines)
Transmitter Pulse
Characteristics
Mode C Only All-Call
(S1, P1, P2, P3, P4)
Pulse Duration 0.80 ±0.05 μsec
Rise Time 0 to 0.10 μsec
Decay Time 0 to 0.20 μsec
Pulse Spacing
P1 to P2 2.00 ±0.10 μsec
P1 to P3 21.00 ±0.10 μsec
P3 to P4 2.00 ±0.04 μsec
S1 to P1 2.00 ±0.10 μsec
Table 37 TPU 66A TCAS Processor, Leading Particulars
(Sheet 3)

Page 30
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
TRANSMITTER (Cont.)
Mode S
Pulse Duration
P1, P2 0.80 ±0.05 μsec
P6 (short) 16.250 ±0.125 μsec
P6 (long) 30.250 ±0.125 μsec
Rise Time 0.05 to 0.10 μsec
Decay Time 0.05 to 0.20 μsec
Pulse Spacing
P1 to P2 2.00 ±0.04 μsec
P2 to P6 sync 2.75 ±0.04 μsec
phase reversal
P6 leading edge to P6 1.25 ±0.04 μsec
sync phase reversal
Twenty-four Whisper-Shout
Mode C Power Levels
S1 Pulse 2 dB or 3 dB below the P1 pulse in the current set
of pulses. The level is dependent on the whisper-
shout level.
Connectors ARINC 404; See Figure 2014 TPU 66A TCAS I Processor
Outline Drawing
TSO C118
Environmental Certification See Figure 2 TPU 66A Environmental Qualification
Form
Table 37 TPU 66A TCAS Processor, Leading Particulars
(Sheet 4)

Page 31
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

B. CP 66A / CP 66B TCAS Control Units

Listed below are the leading particulars of the CP 66A / CP 66B TCAS
control units.

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
Overall Dimensions See Figure 2015 CP 66A / CP66B TCAS Control Unit
Outline Drawing
Maximum Weight See Figure 2015 CP 66A / CP66B TCAS Control Unit
Outline Drawing
Mounting Front panel mount, Dzus fasteners
Power Requirements
Primary 28 V dc; 350 mA, 10 W
Lighting 5 V dc, 5 V ac 400 Hz or 28 V dc
Temperature
Operating -35 ° C to +55 ° C
Storage -55 ° C to +85 ° C
Cooling No forced cooling required
Data Output Low-speed ARINC 429
Front-Mounted Range Control Optional
Front-Mounted TCAS/WX Control Optional
Connectors See Figure 2015 CP 66A / CP66B TCAS Control Unit
Outline Drawing
TSO C118
Environmental Certification: See Figure 4 CP 66A Environmental Qualification Form
or Figure 5 CP 66B Environmental Qualification Form
Table 38 CP 66A / CP 66B Control Units, Leading Particulars

Page 32
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

C. Discrete Control Switches

Listed below are the leading particulars of the remote switches.

Recommended switches are available from: Aerospace Optics Incorpo-

rated, (817) 451-1141.

Figure 1 Control Switch Legends

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
Momentary, 250 msec minimum Application of a “ground” causes transition between
three states in a cyclical manner
Momentary, 250 msec minimum Application of a “ground” activates "absolute" mode for
a period of 15 ±2 seconds, then returns to default.
Momentary, 250 msec minimum Less than 10 Ω.
Table 39 Control Switch Features

Page 33
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

D. TID 66A/66D TCAS I Traffic Display

Listed in this section are the leading particulars of the TID 66A
and TID 66D TCAS I TA traffic displays.

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
Form Factor 3 ATI x 7.5 inches deep
Overall Dimensions See Figure 2017 TID 66A TCAS I Dedicated Display
Outline Drawing
Maximum Weight See Figure 2017 TID 66A TCAS I Dedicated Display
Outline Drawing
Components Solid state, no mechanical parts
Mounting Front, panel mount
Power Requirements
Primary Power 28 Vdc
Lighting Power 5 V ac or dc or 28 Vdc
Operating Temperature Range -15 ° C to +70 ° C
Number of Intruder Aircraft Determined by TCAS processor TA display symbols
Displayed maximum program strap configuration. Range is 3 to
30.
Display High resolution, full color dot matrix LCD
Inputs from TCAS High-speed ARINC 429
Front-Mounted Range Control Standard
Front-Mounted BRT Control Standard
Electrical Connector (located on See Figure 2017 TID 66A TCAS I Dedicated Display
indicator rear panel) Outline Drawing
TSO C118
Environmental Certification See Figure 12 TID 66A Environmental Qualification
Form
Table 40 TID 66A Traffic Display, Leading Particulars

Page 34
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
Form Factor 3 ATI x 7.5 inches deep
Components Solid state. No mechanical parts.
Maximum Weight See Figure 2018 TID 66D TCAS I Dedicated Display
Outline Drawing
Overall Dimensions See Figure 2018 TID 66D TCAS I Dedicated Display
Outline Drawing
Mounting Front, panel mount, Marmon clamp or equiv.
Power Requirements
Primary 115 V ac 400 Hz, or 28 V dc. Maximum power
dissipation 40 watts (short term at cold
temperature), at full brightness including display
warm-up at low temperature.
Lighting 5 V ac or dc or 28 V dc
Reference +12 V dc if altitude rate source input is ARINC 575
analog. 26 V ac if altitude rate source input is
ARINC 565 analog.
Operating Temperature Range -20 ° C to + 70 ° C
Number of Intruder Symbol Maximum determined by TCAS processor
3-30 program strap configuration.
Display High resolution, full color dot matrix LCD.
Data Input High-speed ARINC 429
Front-Mounted Range Control Optional
Front-Mounted TA SEL Switch and BRT Optional
Control
Electrical Connector (Located on See Figure 2018 TID 66D TCAS I Dedicated Display
indicator rear panel) Outline Drawing
TSO C118, C119b
Software Certification DO-178B, Level B
Environmental Certification See Figure 13 TID 66D Environmental Qualification
Form

Table 41 TID 66D Traffic Display, Leading Particulars

Page 35
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

E. Directional Antenna

Listed below are the leading particulars of the ANT 67A TCAS direc-
tional antenna.

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
Form Factor ARINC 735 (teardrop shape)
Overall Dimensions See Figure 2016 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline
Drawing
Maximum Weight See Figure 2016 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline
Drawing
Antenna Base Types Flat base (071-01548-0100/-0200)
Altitude Category F2 55,000 ft.
Temperature Range
Operating -55 ° C to +70 ° C
Storage -55 ° C to +85 ° C
Overall Dimensions See Figure 2016 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline
Drawing
Antenna Mounting Footprint See Figure 2013 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter
and Moldable Shim and Figure 2016 ANT 67A
Directional Antenna Outline Drawing
Antenna Mounting Mounts directly to aircraft using mounting
instructions, defined in Figure 2013 ANT 67A
Directional Antenna Adapter and Moldable Shim. An
antenna adapter is required for mounting flat-base
antenna on a curved surface.
Exterior Material High-strength composite
Number of Antenna Array Elements Four
Polarization Vertical
Power Requirements None
Transmission Frequency 1030 ±1 MHz
Receiving Frequency 1090 ±3 MHz
Connectors See Figure 2016 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline
Drawing
Quantity Four
Type See Figure 2016 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline
Drawing
Pressurization Withstands a pressure differential of 25 P.S.I.A.
Lighting Protection Meets swept zone 2A lightning strike
requirements.
Table 42 ANT 67A Directional Antenna, Leading Particulars
(Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 36
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
Main Beam Characteristics
Operational Beam Positions 4
Half Power Azimuth Beam > 90 degrees
Width (measured over -15
to +20 elevation)
Steering Quantization 90°
Omni Beam Characteristics
Operational Beam Positions 360°
Beam Null Compared to > 9 dB
Main Beam (at each elevation
from -15 to +20)
Input Port VSWR 1.35:1 maximum
Antenna Cable Loss Requirement 2.5 ± 0.5 dB at 1030 MHz for each coaxial cable
including connectors.
Antenna Cable Differential Phase Delay 135° maximum electrical length
Maximum Peak Input Power 1000 W pulsed
Maximum Average Input Power 10 W continuous
ARINC Characteristic ARINC 735
TSO C118 and C119
Environmental Certification See Figure 3 ANT 67A Environmental Qualification
Form
Table 42 ANT 67A Directional Antenna, Leading Particulars
(Sheet 2)

Page 37
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

F. KFS 578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit

Listed below are the leading particulars of the KFS 578A Mode S/TCAS
Control Unit.

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
Overall Dimensions See Figure 2023 KFS 578A Control Unit Outline
Drawing
Weight See Figure 2023 KFS 578A Control Unit Outline
Drawing
Mounting Front panel rail mount
Power Requirements
Primary 28 V dc; 350 mA, 10 W
Display 27.5V, 10.5W
Lighting 5 V dc, 300mA, 1.5W; 5 V ac 400 Hz, 300mA, 1.5W; or
28 V dc, 75mA, 2.1W
Temperature
Operating -35 ° C to +55 ° C
Storage -55 ° C to +85 ° C
Cooling No forced cooling required
Operational Characteristics ARINC 718
Data Output Low-speed ARINC 429
TSO Compliance TSO C112
Environmental Certification See Figure 7 KFS 578A Environmental Qualification
Form (-0000) or Figure 8 KFS 578A Environmental
Qualification Form (-0010).
Table 43 KFS 578A, Leading Particulars

Page 38
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

G. PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit

Listed below are the leading particulars of the PS-578A Mode S/TCAS
Control Unit.

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
Dimensions: See Figure 2024 PS-578A Control Unit Outline Drawing
Weight: See Figure 2024 PS-578A Control Unit Outline Drawing
Center of Gravity: See Figure 2024 PS-578A Control Unit Outline Drawing
Power Requirements: 28 Vdc at 7 watts, maximum
Connectors: One 29-pin sub-D, one 9-pin sub-D.
Temperature:
Operating -20 ° C to +70 ° C
Storage -55 ° C to +85 ° C
Cooling: No forced cooling required
TSO: C112, C119b
Environmental Certification: See Figure 9 PS-578A Environmental Qualification Form
Table 44 PS-578A Control Unit, Leading Particulars

H. PS-550 Mode S/TCAS Control Unit

Listed below are the leading particulars of the PS-550 Mode S/TCAS
Control Unit.

Dimensions: See Figure 2025 PS-550 Control Unit Outline Drawing

Weight: See Figure 2025 PS-550 Control Unit Outline Drawing
Center of Gravity: See Figure 2025 PS-550 Control Unit Outline Drawing
Power Requirements: 28 Vdc at 7 watts, maximum
Connector: One 65 pin.
Temperature:
Operating -20 ° C to +70 ° C
Storage -55 ° C to +85 ° C
Cooling: No forced cooling required.
TSO: C112, C119b
Environmental Certification: See Figure 10 PS-550 Environmental Qualification Form
Table 45 PS-550 Control Unit, Leading Particulars

Page 39
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

I. CD 671C Mode S/TCAS Control Unit

Listed below are the leading particulars of the CD 671C ModeS/TCAS

control unit.

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
Overall Dimensions See Figure 2022 CD 671C TCAS I/Transponder Control
Unit Outline Drawing
Weight See Figure 2022 CD 671C TCAS I/Transponder Control
Unit Outline Drawing
Mounting Front panel rail mount
Power Requirements
Primary 28 V dc; 350 mA, 10 W
Lighting 5 V dc, or 5 V ac 400 Hz or 28 V dc
Temperature:
Operating -35 ° C to +55 ° C
Storage -55 ° C to +85 ° C
Cooling No forced cooling required
Display RCTN LCD
Data Output Low-speed ARINC 429
Front-Mounted Range Control Optional
Front-Mounted TCAS/WX Control Optional
Connector Dual filtered sub-miniature twenty-five pin female.
See Figure 2022 CD 671C TCAS I/Transponder Control
Unit Outline Drawing.
TSO C112
Software Criticality Level DO-178A, Level 2 (Essential)
Environmental Certification: See Figure 6 CD 671C Environmental Qualification
Form
Table 46 CD 671C Mode S/TCAS Control Unit, Leading Particulars

Page 40
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

J. IVA 81A / IVA 81C / IVA 81D TA/VSI

The following are the leading particulars for the IVA 81A / IVA 81C
/ IVA 81D TA/VSI.

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
Form Factor 3 ATI x 7.5 inches deep
Components Solid state, No mechanical parts.
Maximum Weight See Figure 2019 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI) Outline Drawing
Overall Dimensions See Figure 2019 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI) Outline Drawing
Mounting Front, panel mount
Power Requirements
Primary 115 V 400 Hz, 22 watts, or 28 V dc
Lighting 5 V ac or dc or 28 V dc
Reference +12 V dc if altitude rate source input is ARINC 575
analog. 26 V ac reference power if altitude rate
source input is ARINC 565 analog.
Operating Temperature Range -15 ° C to + 70 ° C
Number of Intruder Symbol Maximum determined by TCAS processor
program strap configuration.
Display High resolution, full color dot matrix LCD.
Combination vertical speed, and traffic display.
Vertical Speed Input The IVA 81A meets the requirements of both type B
and type C VSI indicators. Pneumatic or air data
electrical input. Both ARINC 500 and 700 series air
data input accepted.
Data Input High-speed ARINC 429
Front-Mounted Range Control Optional
Front-Mounted TA SEL Switch and BRT Optional
Control
Table 47 IVA 81A TA/VSI Leading Particulars
(Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 41
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
Pneumatic Connector (Located on See Figure 2019 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI) Outline Drawing
indicator rear panel)
Electrical Connector (Located on See Figure 2019 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI) Outline Drawing.
indicator rear panel)
TSO C119a, C8c
Environmental Certification See Figure 14 IVA 81A Environmental Certification
Categories

Table 47 IVA 81A TA/VSI Leading Particulars

(Sheet 2)

Page 42
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
Form Factor 3 ATI x 7.5 inches deep
Components Solid state. No mechanical parts.
Maximum Weight See Figure 2020 IVA 81C (TCAS) Outline Drawing or
Figure 2021 IVA 81D (TCAS) Outline Drawing
Overall Dimensions See Figure 2020 IVA 81C (TCAS) Outline Drawing or
Figure 2021 IVA 81D (TCAS) Outline Drawing
Mounting Front, panel mount, Marmon clamp or equiv.
Power Requirements
Primary 115 V ac 400 Hz, or 28 V dc. Maximum power
dissipation 40 watts (short term at cold
temperature), at full brightness including display
warm-up at low temperature.
Lighting 5 V ac or dc or 28 V dc
Reference +12 V dc if altitude rate source input is ARINC 575
analog. 26 V ac if altitude rate source input is
ARINC 565 analog.
Operating Temperature Range -20 ° C to + 70 ° C
Number of Intruder Symbol Maximum determined by TCAS processor
3-30 program strap configuration.
Display High resolution, full color dot matrix LCD.
Combination vertical speed, and traffic display.
Vertical Speed Input The IVA 81C / IVA 81D meet the requirements of both
type B and type C VSI indicators. Pneumatic or air
data electrical input. Both ARINC 500 and 700
series air data input accepted.
Data Input High-speed ARINC 429
Front-Mounted Range Control Optional
Front-Mounted TA SEL Switch and BRT Optional
Control

Table 48 IVA 81C / IVA 81D TA/VSI Leading Particulars

(Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 43
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Pneumatic Connector (Located on See Figure 2020 IVA 81C (TCAS) Outline Drawing or
indicator rear panel) Figure 2021 IVA 81D (TCAS) Outline Drawing
Electrical Connector (Located on See Figure 2020 IVA 81C (TCAS) Outline Drawing or
indicator rear panel) Figure 2021 IVA 81D (TCAS) Outline Drawing
TSO C118, C119a, C8d (81C)
C118, C119b, C8d (81D)
Software Certification DO-178B, Level B
Environmental Certification See Figure 15 IVA 81C Environmental Qualification
Form or Figure 16 IVA 81D Environmental
Qualification Form

Table 48 IVA 81C / IVA 81D TA/VSI Leading Particulars

(Sheet 2)

Page 44
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

K. GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor

Listed below are the leading particulars of the GC 362A TCAS Graph-
ics Processor.

CHARACTERISTIC DESCRIPTION
Overall Dimensions See Figure 2026 GC 362 TCAS Graphics Processor
Outline Drawing
Weight See Figure 2026 GC 362 TCAS Graphics Processor
Outline Drawing
Mounting Remote
Power Requirements 28 V dc; 0.9 A max.
TSO C105
Temperature:
Operating -55 ° C to +70 ° C
Storage -55 ° C to +85 ° C
Data Input ARINC 429, 100 k bits/sec (high speed), 12.0 to 14 k
bits/sec radar input (low speed)
Altitude 55,000 ft.
Symbology:
Red-filled square (TCAS II only) Resolution Advisory (RA) intruder
Yellow-filled square Traffic Advisory (TA)
White-filled diamond Proximity intruder
White unfilled diamond Non-threat intruder
Self-test Capability Initiated by TCAS system with label 270 set to
functional test
Environmental Certification See Figure 11 GC 362A Environmental Qualification
Form
Table 49 GC 362A TCAS Graphic Processor Leading Particulars

L. Environmental Certification

TCAS I equipment meets the environmental conditions of the Radio

Technical Commission for Aeronautics (RTCA) document number DO-
160B/C/D, "Environmental Conditions and Test Procedures for Airline
Electronic/Electrical Equipment and Instruments." Environmental
certification categories for TCAS I equipment are defined in this
section. For environmental certification categories of other TCAS
related equipment refer to manuals listed in Table 36 Related Pub-
lications.

Page 45
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2 TPU 66A Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-09118-0000, Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 46
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2 TPU 66A Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-09118-0000, Sheet 2 of 2)

Page 47
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 3 ANT 67A Environmental Qualification Form

(S72-1735 Series)

Page 48
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 4 CP 66A Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-09116-0000)

Page 49
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 5 CP 66B Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-09132-0000, Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 50
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 5 CP 66B Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-09132-0000, Sheet 2 of 2)

Page 51
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 6 CD 671C Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-09117-0000, Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 52
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 6 CD 671C Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-09117-0000, Sheet 2)

Page 53
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 7 KFS 578A Environmental Qualification Form (-0000)

(Dwg. No. 004-09079-0000)

Page 54
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 8 KFS 578A Environmental Qualification Form (-0010)

(Dwg. No. 004-09079-0010, Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 55
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 8 KFS 578A Environmental Qualification Form (-0010)

(Dwg. No. 004-09079-0010, Sheet 2)

Page 56
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 9 PS-578A Environmental Qualification Form

(G7534-(), Sheet 1 of 3)

Page 57
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 9 PS-578A Environmental Qualification Form

(G7534-(), Sheet 2)

Page 58
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 9 PS-578A Environmental Qualification Form

(G7534-(), Sheet 3)

Page 59
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 10 PS-550 Environmental Qualification Form

(G7514-(), Sheet 1 of 3)

Page 60
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 10 PS-550 Environmental Certification Form

(G7514-(), Sheet 2)

Page 61
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 10 PS-550 Environmental Qualification Form

(G7514-(), Sheet 3)

Page 62
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 11 GC 362A Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-09077-0000, Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 63
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 11 GC 362A Environmental Qualification Form

(Dwg. No. 004-09077-0000, Sheet 2)

Page 64
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 12 TID 66A Environmental Qualification Form

(Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 65
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 12 TID 66A Environmental Qualification Form

(Sheet 2 of 2)

Page 66
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 13 TID 66D Environmental Qualification Form

Page 67
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 14 IVA 81A Environmental Certification Categories

Page 68
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 15 IVA 81C Environmental Qualification Form

Page 69
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 16 IVA 81D Environmental Qualification Form

Page 70
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

5. TCAS CAS 66A Installation Kits

Listed below are the installation kits required to install the components
of a CAS 66A TCAS I system.

A. TPU Diagnostic Software

Kit provides the following:

ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QUANTITY

1 222-00359-00XX 3.5" diskette (TPUDIAG) EA 1
2 222-00386-00XX 3.5" diskette (TCASDIAG) EA 1
3 222-30003-00XX CD-ROM (TCASDIAG for Windows) EA 1
NOTE: Refer to the DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES as required.

B. CP 66A / CP 66B Installation Kit (050-03215-0000)

Kit provides the following:

ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QUANTITY

1 030-01157-0011 Crimp Connector Pins EA 24
2 030-01188-0000 Female Polarizing Pin EA 1
3 030-02351-0002 Hood and Lever Assembly EA 1
4 030-01173-0000 Subminiature 25-pin Housing (P6712) EA 1

C. PS-578A/KFS 578A Installation Kit (050-02934-0001)

Kit provides the following:

ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QUANTITY

1 030-01222-0000 29 Pin Connector Hood and Lever EA 1
2 030-01174-0000 29 Pin Connector (P5781) EA 1
3 030-02351-0000 Nine Pin Hood and Lever Assembly EA 1
4 092-00052-0002 Nut Anchors EA 2
5 030-01171-0000 9 Pin Connector (P5782) EA 1
6 030-01157-0011 Crimp Socket 20 G EA 36
7 030-01188-0000 Female Polarizing Pins EA 2

Page 71
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

D. PS-578A Configuration Programming Harness

ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QTY

1 030-01174-0000 Sub-D 29 pin female connector EA 1
Positronic p/n RD29F00000-782.0
2 030-01157-0011 Crimp connector pins (female) 20G EA 3
Positronic p/n FC6020D-14
3 030-01188-0000 Female polarizing pin EA 1
Ted Mfg Corp p/n 104202
4 030-01161-0000 Sub-D 29 pin male connector EA 1
Positronic p/n RD29M00000-782.0
5 030-01184-0011 Crimp connector pins (male) 20G EA 2
Positronic p/n MC6020D-14
6 030-01222-0000 Sub-D 29 pin connector hood and lever assy. EA 2
(Optional) Positronic p/n D29000JVL0

Figure 17 PS-578A Configuration Programming Harness

E. PS-550 Connector Assembly

Kit provides the following:

ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QTY

1 MS27484T20F2SA 65 pin connector EA 1

Page 72
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

F. CD 671C Installation Kit (050-03206-0000)

Kit provides the following:

ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QUANTITY

1 030-01157-0011 Crimp Sockets 20 G EA 48
2 030-01188-0000 Female Polarizing Pins EA 2
3 030-02351-0002 Hood and Lever Assembly EA 2
4 030-01173-0000 25 Pin D-Sub connector (P6711) EA 1
5 030-01173-0000 25 Pin D-Sub connector (P6712) EA 1

G. TPU 66A Installation Kit (050-03078-0000)

Kit provides hardware for mounting one TCAS I processor (TPU 66A).

NOTE: Only Honeywell approved signal connector shell with

floating hardware and connector shim must be used for TPU
66A installation, (items (9) and (11) below).

NOTE: The 050-03078-0000 kit includes the 047-09855-0004 mount-

ing rack which is Honeywell approved. Other sources of
racks include: BARRY CONTROL, P/N TBD, PH# 918-622-3100:
ECS, P/N 6073-101, insertion/extractor w/ self limiting
hold down; ECS P/N 6073-102, insertion no self limiting
hold down; PH# 800-327-9473; HOLLINGSHEAD INTERNATIONAL
INC., P/N 10904-101/-102 PH# 213-921-3438;
PIC, P/N 180001 insertion/extractor w/self limiting hold
down; PIC P/N 180002 insertion no self limiting hold
down; PH# 800-742-3191.

Page 73
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QUANTITY

1 030-01094-0002 Ground Connector, 12/24 pin EA 1
2 030-01157-0011 Crimp Connectors 20 ga. EA 12
3 030-01171-0000 9 Pin D-Sub Connector EA 1
4 030-01173-0000 25 Pin D-Sub Connector EA 1
5 030-01311-0000 Signal Connector Pins Type 030-2259-000 EA 212
6 030-01432-0000 Ground Connector Pins EA 24
7 030-02351-0000 9 Pin Submin. Connector for RS-232 EA 1
8 030-02351-0002 9 Pin Submin. Mating Connector EA 1
9 030-02707-0002 ARINC 404A Conn. Shell, Type DPX2 W/H EA 1
10 030-03157-0000 ARINC 404A RF Connector Shell EA 1
11 047-09592-0001 Connector Shim EA 1
12 047-09831-0002 Ground Tab EA 1
13 047-09855-0004 Mounting Rack EA 1
14 075-05108-0001 Rack Spacers EA 2
15 089-05878-0010 PHP 4-40X5/8 Ground Connector Screws EA 2
16 089-06008-0004 FHP 4-40X1/4 Ground Tab Screws EA 2
17 089-06008-0007 FHP 4-40 X 7/16 Screws EA 14
18 089-06012-0005 FHP 6-32 X 5/16 Screws EA 4
19 089-06014-0020 FHP 8-32 X 1.25 Screws EA 4
20 092-05792-0002 Extractor Type Hold Downs EA 2

H. GC 362A Installation Kit (050-02978-0001)

Kit provides the following:

ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QUANTITY

1 030-01157-0011 Crimp Sockets 20 G EA 49
2 030-01188-0000 Female Polarizing Pin EA 1
3 030-02351-0004 Hood and Lever Assembly EA 1
4 030-01176-0000 Housing, Connector EA 1
5 071-04022-0001 Rack Assembly EA 1

Page 74
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

I. TID 66A/TID 66D*/IVA 81A*/IVA 81C*/IVA 81D* Installation Kits

* 28 V dc versions mating connector

Kit 050-50001-0502 (28 V dc/ 28V Dim Connector Kit) provides the
following:

ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QUANTITY

1 030-24473-0003 M83723 Connector EA 1
2 030-24473-0002 Conn. Strain Relief EA 1

Kit 050-50001-0503 (28 V dc / 5V Dim Connector Kit) provides the

following:

ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QUANTITY

1 030-24473-0004 M83723 Connector EA 1
2 030-24473-0002 Conn. Strain Relief EA 1

J. TID 66D/IVA 81A/81C/81D Installation Kit 115 V/5 V Dim

Kit P/N 050-50001-0501 provides parts for assembling the cable that
connects the TA or TA/VSI to the TCAS processor and other external
equipment.

ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QUANTITY

1 030-24473-0001 M83723-75R204 Connector EA 1
2 030-24473-0002 Conn. Strain Relief EA 1

NOTE: On TID 66A / TID 66D and IVA 81A / IVA 81C / IVA 81D units,
a mounting clamp is required (3 ATI format) and is not
supplied in the installation kit.

CAUTION: WHEN SELECTING A MOUNTING CLAMP, ENSURE THAT IT DOES NOT

COVER THE VENTILATION HOLES ON THE UNIT.

Page 75
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

K. ANT 67A / ANT 81A Antenna Adapter Kits

The following provide adapter plates for a flat mounting base an-
tenna on a curved surface.

NOTE: An antenna mounting adapter P/N 047-50357-000X MUST be

used on curved mounting surfaces to minimize side-element
distortion and insure optimum bearing accuracy.

ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION UM QUANTITY

1 047-50357-0001 Adapter Plate, 29" - 35" radius, 4 hole EA 1
2 047-50357-0002 Adapter Plate, 36" - 45" radius, 4 hole EA 1
3 047-50357-0003 Adapter Plate, 46" - 65" radius, 4 hole EA 1
4 047-50357-0004 Adapter Plate, 66" - 95" radius, 4 hole EA 1

NOTE: The TCAS omni-antenna connects to the TPU 66A TCAS pro-
cessor. These connections are made by coaxial cables.
The three remaining unit bottom antenna coaxes must be
connected to 50 Ω terminations. Please contact the fol-
lowing companies for the 50 Ω terminations: M/A COMM P/
N 3002-6113-0000; PIC WIRE & CABLE P/N K240001; PASTER-
NACK P/N PE6032, Phone # 1-949-261-1920.

NOTE: It is recommended that prefabricated cables be used in

the CAS 66A TCAS System. These cables provide the highest
level of confidence. There are several sources for cables
including the following companies: ADAMS-RUSSELL PH#
(508) 338-5210; ECS PH# 800-327-9473; HOLLINGSEAD PH#
(213) 921-3438; PIC W & C PH# 800-742-3191; EMTEQ PH# 414-
679-6170.

Page 76
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

6. System Description

A. General

The Honeywell TCAS I equipment is shown in Figure 18 CAS 66A TCAS I

System Components and includes the following equipment:

(1) TPU 66A TCAS Processor

(2) ANT 67A Directional Antenna (Top and Bottom)
(3) TID 66A/66D TCAS Dedicated Display
(4) Control Options (select only one)
(a) Discrete Switches

(b) CP 66A / CP 66B control unit

(c) KFS 578A control unit

(d) PS-578A control unit

(e) PS-550 control unit

(f) CD 671C control unit

(g) RMU 555 control unit

(5) Optional radar indicator or dedicated TCAS traffic display

unit, required aircraft equipment, and optional aircraft
equipment.
(6) Optional GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor
(7) Optional omnidirectional bottom antenna
NOTE: The TCAS processor, directional antenna, control
unit and dedicated TCAS traffic display are dis-
cussed in detail in this manual. Other TCAS I
equipment is discussed to a level necessary for un-
derstanding overall TCAS I operation.

Page 77
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 18 CAS 66A TCAS I System Components

Page 78
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

B. TCAS I Functional Overview

The basic TCAS I system performs traffic alert function to provide

safe separation between own aircraft and other aircraft equipped
with Mode S transponders, ATCRBS Mode C transponders, or ATCRBS Mode
A/C transponders.

NOTE: Mode A/C transponders are Mode A transponders that re-

spond to Mode C interrogations.

TCAS I operation can be separated into the following major func-

tions:

(1) Surveillance Function - Detects the presence of Mode S or AT-

CRBS Mode A/C transponder equipped aircraft that are within
TCAS surveillance limits. - Compares raw replies with existing
track files in order to update current track information or
to create new track files.
(2) Tracking Function - Maintains tracking information files on
Mode S, ATCRBS Mode C, and ATCRBS Mode A/C transponder
equipped intruder aircraft. Tracking information includes
range, relative bearing (if valid information is received from
a directional antenna) and relative altitude (if target air-
craft is reporting altitude). When available, computes rel-
ative position, closing range, and altitude change rate.
NOTE: Surveillance and tracking functions are performed
by listening for Mode S squitters, Mode S and ATCRBS
Mode C interrogation transmissions, and Mode S and
ATCRBS Mode C reply receptions on both the top and
bottom TCAS antennas.

(3) Threat Potential Evaluation Function - Determines threat po-

tential of intruder aircraft based on computations using
tracking data.
Categorizes intruders as traffic advisories (TAs), proximity
advisories (PA), or non-threats (other traffic).

(4) Traffic Advisory Display Function

Provides a display of TA, proximity, or non-threat category
traffic that are present in the surrounding airspace. The
traffic display depicts the position and threat potential of
intruder aircraft which alerts the flight crew to potentially
dangerous situations. Depending on the aircraft equipment,
the traffic display may appear on a TA/VSI unit or an optional
radar indicator or dedicated TCAS display unit or EFIS MFD
display.

Page 79
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(5) Aural Alert Function - Provides voice message advisory alerts

on the cockpit audio system.

Table 50 TCAS I System Simplified Block Diagram

(Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 80
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Table 50 TCAS I System Simplified Block Diagram

(Sheet 2)

Page 81
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

C. System Integration

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
1 Control CP 66A Cntrl Unit • ARINC 735 (429) Data TCAS Processor
Source CP 66B Cntrl Unit • ARINC 718/735 (429) Data
RMS 555 Radio Mgt Sys
Cntrl Hd 1 Rx A
(P66A1 B55)
Cntrl Hd 1 Rx B
(P66A1 B7)

Cntrl Hd 2 Rx A
(P66A1 B69)
Cntrl Hd 2 Rx B
(P66A1 B70)
NOTE: A dedicated TCAS control unit and a radio management sys-
tem will not operate on the TPU 66A simultaneously.

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
2 Reserved XT Coordination • ARINC 429 TCAS Processor
Transponder/TCAS Coordination
XPONDER RCV 1A
(P66A B80)
XPONDER RCV 1B
(P66A B81)
XPONDER RCV 2A
(P66A B82)
XPONDER RCV 2B
(P66A B83)

Page 82
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
3 Aircraft Discrete: 0=Open • 24 Bit Address Code - Assigned TCAS Processor
Address Code G=Ground by FAA for N registered air
craft Phone (405)954-3116
Add 01, (P66A1 A102)
Add 02, (P66A1 A103)
Add 03, (P66A1 A104)
Add 04, (P66A1 A105)
Add 05, (P66A1 A106)
Add 06, (P66A1 B38)
Add 07, (P66A1 B39)
Add 08, (P66A1 B44)
Add 09, (P66A1 B45)
Add 10, (P66A1 B46)
Add 11, (P66A1 B47)
Add 12, (P66A1 B48)
Add 13, (P66A1 B49)
Add 14, (P66A1 B50)
Add 15, (P66A1 B51)
Add 16, (P66A1 B52)
Add 17, (P66A1 B60)
Add 18, (P66A1 B61)
Add 19, (P66A1 B62)
Add 20, (P66A1 B63)
Add 21, (P66A1 B64)
Add 22, (P66A1 B65)
Add 23, (P66A1 B72)
Add 24, (P66A1 B73)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
4 Discretes Maximum Airspeed • See Description Matrix TCAS Processor
Limits following this table.

A = (P66A1 B74)
B = (P66A1 B75)
C = (P66A1 B76)

Page 83
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

NOTE: In the following matrix, G = Aircraft ground / O = Open.

MAX AIRSPEED DESCRIPTION

(A) (B) (C)
RI15 RI16 RI17
O O O No Maximum Airspeed Available
O O G 75 kts. < Airspeed
O G O 75 kts. ≤ Airspeed < 150 kts
O G G 150 kts. ≤ Airspeed < 300 kts
G O O 300 kts. ≤ Airspeed < 600 kts
G O G 600 kts. ≤ Airspeed < 1200 kts
G G O 1200 kts. ≤ Airspeed
G G G Not Assigned

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
5 Discretes Climb Inhibit • 1500 fpm climb limit TCAS Processor
Climb INH1
(P66A1 B87)
Climb INH 2
(P66A1 B88)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
6 Reserved Increase Climb • 2500 fpm climb limit TCAS Processor
Inhibit
INC Climb INH 1
(P66A1 A98)
INC Climb INH 2
(P66A1 A99)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
7 Discretes Landing Gear • Ground = Landing Gear Extended TCAS Processor
(P66A1 A21) • Open = Landing Gear Retracted

Page 84
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
8 Discretes Air/Ground • Ground = Aircraft on ground TCAS Processor
(P66A1 A22) • Open = Aircraft airborne

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
9 Discretes Audio Tone Enable • Ground = Aural Advisory (Tone) TCAS Processor
(P66A1 A71) Delay Voice 1 Second
• Open = No Aural Tone before
Voice Advisory

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
10 Discretes TA/RA Block Transfer • Specifies TA/RA protocol TCAS Processor
(P66A1 A19) Ground = BCAS (EFIS)
Open = ARINC 735

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
11 Discretes Advisory Inhibits • Ground on Advisory Inhibit TCAS Processor
#1 (P66A1 A17) Discrete
#2 (P66A1 A18) #1 = STANDBY mode
#2 = Aural Inhibit mode

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
12 Discretes Advisory/Annunciator • Ground = Advisory Annun. TCAS Processor
Cancel Cancellation
(P66A1 A72) Open = No Cancellation

Page 85
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
13 Discretes TA Valid #3/#4 • Ground = Display Valid TCAS Processor
(P66A1 B85) Open = Failed
(P66A1 B86) Note: RA Valid #1/#2 for TCAS
II update

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
14 Discretes TA Valid #1/#2 • Ground = Display Valid TCAS Processor
(P66A1 A34) Open = Failed
(P66A1 A35)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
15 Discretes Display Intruder • See Description Matrix TCAS Processor
Limits following this table.
1 = (P66A1 B77)
2 = (P66A1 B78)
3 = (P66A1 B79)

NOTE: In the following matrix, G = Aircraft ground / O = Open.

DISPLAY INTRUDER LIMITS DESCRIPTION

1 2 3
G G G Minimum Limit (3)
G G O 4 Intruders
G O G 8 Intruders
G O O 12 Intruders
O G G 16 Intruders
O G O 20 Intruders
O O G 24 Intruders
O O O No Limit (31)

Page 86
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
16 Discretes Airborne Functional • Ground = Airborne Test TCAS Processor
Test Inhibit Inhibited
(P66A1 A31) Open = Airborne Test Allowed

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
17 Discretes Display All Traffic • Ground = Display All Traffic TCAS Processor
(P66A1 A32) ONLY when TA Present (Pop-up)
Open = Display All Traffic
Always

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
18 Discretes Ground Display Mode • Ground=System in STANDBY mode TCAS Processor
(P66A1 A33) on the ground
Open = System in TA mode on
the ground

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
19 Discretes Speaker/Phone • Speaker/Phone Volume Input TCAS Processor
Power Program Straps

(SPK Hi = P66A1 A67) Speaker (8 Ω) Output, Phone

(SPK Lo = P66A1 A68) (600 Ω) Output, TA Display
(PH Hi = P66A1 A69) Enable, TA Aural Traffic, and
(PH Lo = P66A1 A70) Visual Annunciator Traffic

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
20 Discretes CALENB (Cal Enable) • ATE Test Function TCAS Processor
(P66A1 B59)

Page 87
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
21 Discretes Parity Pin • ODD Parity, Strapped inputs: TCAS Processor
(P66A1 B71) Mode S Address, Radio
Altimeter Type Select, Baro
Altitude Type Select, Attitude
Type Select, and Heading Type
Select
• G = Ground
0 = Open

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
22 Discretes On/Off • Ground = Power ON TCAS Processor
(P66A1 A11) Open = Power OFF

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
23 Discretes ARINC 429 • Range Control Discrete TCAS Processor
(#1 P66A1 A15)
(#2 P66A1 A16) Range Control also specifies
source of control data

NOTE: In the following matrix, G = Aircraft ground / O = Open.

RANGE CONTROL DESCRIPTION

PIN NUMBER RANGE
#1 #2 (nmi)
G G Use 429 Control Unit Source
G O 15
O G 5
O O 3

Page 88
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
24 Discretes Above/Below/Normal • G = Aircraft Gnd / O = Open TCAS Processor
(P66A1 B91) (A/B/N not active if control
unit is used)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
25 Discretes Flight Level • Change from relative to TCAS Processor
(P66A1 B92) absolute altitude for 15
seconds (FL not active if
control unit is used)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
26 Discretes Functional Test (not) • Ground, initiates self-test TCAS Processor
(P66A1 A20)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
27 Discretes Air Data #1/#2 • ARINC 419(575)/429(706) TCAS Processor
(Baro Altitude)

Baro Alt 1A
(P66A1 B84)
Baro Alt 1B
(P66A1 B94)
Baro Alt 2A
(P66A1 B95)
Baro Alt 2B
(P66A1 B96)

Page 89
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
28 Discretes Air Data #1/#2 • Gillham (11 wire) Interface TCAS Processor
(Encoding Altimeter (Gillham Common is Aircraft
#1 & #2) Ground)

(#1-A1, P66A1 A58)

(#1-A2, P66A1 A44)
(#1-A4, P66A1 A45)
(#1-B1, P66A1 A46)
(#1-B2, P66A1 A47)
(#1-B4, P66A1 A48)
(#1-C1, P66A1 A49)
(#1-C2, P66A1 A50)
(#1-C4, P66A1 A51)
(#1-D2, P66A1 A52)
(#1-D4, P66A1 A41)

(#2-A1, P66A1 A54)

(#2-A2, P66A1 A55)
(#2-A4, P66A1 A56)
(#2-B1, P66A1 A57)
(#2-B2, P66A1 A43)
(#2-B4, P66A1 A59)
(#2-C1, P66A1 A60)
(#2-C2, P66A1 A61)
(#2-C4, P66A1 A62)
(#2-D2, P66A1 A63)
(#2-D4, P66A1 A41)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
29 Discretes Air Data Source • Open = Port #1 Active TCAS Processor
Select (Baro Altitude) Ground = Port #2 Active
(P66A1 B5)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
30 Altitude Baro Altitude Type • See Definition Matrix TCAS Processor
(Type #1, P66A1 B21) following this table.
(Type #2, P66A1 B22)

Page 90
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

NOTE: In the following matrix, G = Aircraft ground / O = Open.

BARO ALTITUDE DESCRIPTION

TYPE RANGE
#1 #2 (nmi)
G G Gillham Data
G O ARINC 575, (ARINC 419)
O G Not Assigned
O O ARINC 706, (ARINC 429)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
31 Altitude Radio Altitude • Open = Input Port #1 Active TCAS Processor
Source Select • Ground = Input Port #2 Active

Rad Alt Source • Analog input - Input

1/2 (P66A1 A66) impedance 55 kΩ

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
32 Altitude Radio Altimeter • ARINC 552A Data TCAS Processor
/Analog

Rad Alt #1 + (Hi) • AGL altitude from analog radio

(P66A1 A36) altimeter #1
Rad Alt #1 - (Low)
(P66A1 A38)

Rad Alt Valid #1 • Radio altimeter #1 VALID

(P66A1 A37) status 20-30 V dc

Rad Alt #2 + (Hi) • AGL altitude from analog radio

(P66A1 A65) altimeter #2
Rad Alt #2 - (Low)
(P66A1 B19)

Rad Alt Valid #2 • Radio altimeter #2 VALID

(P66A1 A39) status 20-30 V dc

Page 91
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
33 Altitude Rad Altim 1A • ARINC 707, (429) data from TCAS Processor
(P66A1 B40) digital radio altimeter #1

Rad Altim 1B • ARINC 429 data from digital

(P66A1 B41) radio altimeter #1

Rad Altim 2A • ARINC 429 data from digital

(P66A1 B42) radio altimeter #2

Rad Altim 2B • ARINC 429 data from digital

(P66A1 B43) radio altimeter #2

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
34 Altitude Radio Altitude Type • See Description Matrix TCAS Processor
following this table.
Rad Alt Type #1
(P66A1 A53)

Rad Alt Type #2

(P66A1 A40)

Rad Alt Type #3

(P66A1 A42)

NOTE: In the following matrix, G = Aircraft ground / O = Open.

RADIO ALTITUDE TYPE NO. RADIO ALTIMETER DESCRIPTION

1 2 3
G G G ARINC 429 Rad. Alt.
G G O Rad. Alt. not present
G O G N/A
G O O King (KRA 405A)
O G G N/A
O G O Honeywell (RT 220/300)
O O G Collins (ALT 50/55)
O O O ARINC 552A

Page 92
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
35 Heading Aircraft Heading • Synchro Data, Valid, 26 V ac TCAS Processor
(Magnetic) System (D/G or INS) • ARINC 407 3-wire synchro

Hdg Y (P66A1 B103) • Synchro heading

Hdg X (P66A1 B104) • Synchro heading
Hdg Z (P66A1 B105) • Synchro heading

Hdg H (P66A1 B102) • Synchro reference voltage

Hdg C (P66A1 B20) • Synchro common

Heading Valid • Synchro heading system failure

(P66A1 A86) status 18.5 - 36 V dc = VALID

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
36 Heading/ Heading Type • Heading Type Select TCAS Processor
Attitude (P66A1 A23) • Ground = Synchro Source
• Open = 429 Source

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
37 Attitude Aircraft Attitude • Synchro Data, Valid, 26 V ac TCAS Processor
(Roll and System (V/G or INS) • ARINC 407 3-wire synchro
Pitch)
Pitch X (P66A1 A91) • Synchro attitude
Pitch Y (P66A1 A92) • Synchro attitude
Pitch Z (P66A1 A93) • Synchro attitude

Roll X (P66A1 A94) • Synchro attitude

Roll Y (P66A1 A95) • Synchro attitude
Roll Z (P66A1 A96) • Synchro attitude

H (P66A1 A97) • Synchro reference voltage

C (P66A1 B101) • Synchro common

Valid (P66A1 A85) • Synchro attitude system

failure status
18.5 - 36 V dc = VALID

Page 93
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
38 Heading/ Hdg/Att 429/1A • ARINC HS 429 magnetic heading TCAS Processor
Attitude (P66A1 B97) from AHRS/IRS

Hdg/Att 429/1B
(P66A1 B93)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
39 Attitude Attitude Type • See Definition Matrix TCAS Processor
following this table.
Type #1 (P66A1 A24)
Type #2 (P66A1 A25)

NOTE: In the following matrix, G = Aircraft ground / O = Open.

ATTITUDE TYPE DEFINITION

#1 #2
G G Synchro Data
G O ARINC 429 Data
O G N/A
O O No attitude present

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
40 Input Aircraft Power • +28 V dc Power Input TCAS Processor
Power
+ 28 V dc A/C Power
(P66A1 A5)

+ 28 V dc A/C Power
(P66A1 A6)

+ 28 V dc A/C Power
(P66A1 A7)

+ 28 V dc A/C Power
(P66A1 A8)

Page 94
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
41 Ground Aircraft Ground • Aircraft Ground TCAS Processor
Plane
GND (P66A1 A1)
GND (P66A1 A2)
GND (P66A1 A3)
GND (P66A1 A4)
GND (P66A1 A9)
GND (P66A1 A10)
GND (P66A1 B32)
GND (P66A1 B57)
GND (P66A1 B98)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
42 Discrete Fan/on • Output for cooling fan where Fan
Outputs (P66A1 B37) forced air cooling is not
(Reserved) available

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
43 Discrete TA Aural Traffic • Ground = Active
Output (P66A1 A90) • Open = Not active

Audio Tone Enable must be

connected to aircraft ground for
TA Aural traffic output to be
active (Per bus 9)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
44 Discrete Visual Annunciation • Ground = Active Visual
Output Traffic • Open = Not active Annunciator
(P66A1 A87)
Active for TA advisory

Page 95
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
45 Discrete TA Display Enable • Ground = Active TA Display
Output (P66A1 B6) • Open = Not active

Signals multifunctional TA
display to display TCAS TA

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
46 Discrete TCAS Valid • Ground = TCAS System Valid Fault
Output (P66A1 A89) • Open = TCAS System Fault Annunciator
System
Validity Monitor for TCAS system status

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
47 For Testing TCAS Processor • Test pins of 3 address lines TCAS Processor
(A0-A2), and eight data lines
ATE A0 (P66A1 B10) (D0-D7)
ATE A1 (P66A1 B9)
ATE A2 (P66A1 B8)
ATE D0 (P66A1 B18)
ATE D1 (P66A1 B17)
ATE D2 (P66A1 B31)
ATE D3 (P66A1 B25)
ATE D4 (P66A1 B12)
ATE D5 (P66A1 B24)
ATE D6 (P66A1 B11)
ATE D7 (P66A1 B23)

CALENB (P66A1 B59) • Reserved for factory and field

ATE Test Mode A12 configuration

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
48 Flight Test TCAS Processor • RS 422 Interface Data Recorder
Data Recorder
DAT + (P66A1 B2)
DAT - (P66A1 B3)
CLK + (P66A1 B4)
CLK - (P66A1 B13)

Page 96
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
49 Diagnostic Diagnostic Computer • RS 232 access fault data TCAS Processor
Interface
TCAS232TX
(P66A1 B1)

TCAS232RX
(P66A1 B66)

TERNRDY
(P66A1 B99)

TCAS232RDY
(P66A1 B100)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
50 Suppression Suppression • TCAS Processor will accept and TCAS Processor
(P66A1 A13) respond to suppression pulses
from other avionics equipment.

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
51 XT Mode S Transponder • ARINC 718/735 (429 Data) TCAS Processor
Coordination
(Reserved) XPDR TX 1A
(P66A1 B67)

XPDR TX 1B
(P66A1 B68)

XPDR TX 2A
(P66A1 B54)

XPDR TX 2B
(P66A1 B56)

Page 97
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
52 Displays TCAS Processor • ARINC 735 (429 Data) Dedicated
Traffic EFIS
TA/RA Display TX 1A Display System,
(P66A1 B30) or Radar
Graphics Unit
TA/RA Display TX 1B
(P66A1 B16)

TA/RA Display TX 2A
(P66A1 B28)

TA/RA Display TX 2B
(P66A1 B29)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
52 Displays TCAS Processor • ARINC 735 (429 Data) RA Display
(Reserved)
RA Display TX 1A
(P66A1 B35)

RA Display TX 1B
(P66A1 B36)

TA/RA Display TX 2A
(P66A1 B33)

RA Display TX 2B
(P66A1 B34)

Page 98
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
53 Speaker TCAS Processor Speaker

Spk Hi • Speaker voice advisory output

(P66A1 A67) 8 Ω, 6.5 W max.
Spk Lo
(P66A1 A68)

Spk Air Aud 1 • Synthesized voice speaker

(P66A1 A73) output adjustment strap
Spk Gnd Aud 1
(P66A1 A76)

Spk Air Aud 2

(P66A1 A74)
Spk Gnd Aud 2
(P66A1 A77)

Spk Air Aud 3

(P66A1 A75)
Spk Gnd Aud 3
(P66A1 A78)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
54 Phone TCAS Processor Headphone

PH Hi • Headphone voice advisory

(P66A1 A69) output 600 Ω, 100 mW max.
PH Lo
(P66A1 A70)

Phn Air Aud 1 • Synthesized voice phone output

(P66A1 A79) adjustment strap
Phn Gnd Aud 1
(P66A1 A82)

Phn Air Aud 2

(P66A1 A80)
Phn Gnd Aud 2
(P66A1 A83)

Phn Air Aud 3

(P66A1 A81)
Phn Gnd Aud 3
(P66A1 A84)

Page 99
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
55 Top Antenna TCAS Processor • 4 Element Directional TCAS Processor

(P66A2 A1 Top J1)

(P66A2 B1 Top J2)
(P66A2 C1 Top J3)
(P66A2 D1 Top J4)

BUS PARAMETER SOURCE OF DATA TRANSMISSION DESCRIPTION RECIPIENT OF

# DESCRIPTION FOR DATA DATA
56 Bottom TCAS Processor • 4 Element Directional TCAS Processor
Antenna
(P66A2 A2 Bot J1) • Omnidirectional (Optional)
(P66A2 B2 Bot J2) 50 Ω Load
(P66A2 C2 Bot J3)
(P66A2 D2 Bot J4)

Page 100
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

7. System Component Description and Functions

A. TCAS Processor

(1) General
The microprocessor based TPU 66A TCAS processor is the master
control unit in the TCAS I system. It consists of a combined
computerized control system and L-band receiver/transmitter.
Operation of the TCAS system is controlled by TCAS software
resident in the computer control memory.

(2) TCAS Processor Description and Basic Functions (Refer to Fig-

ure 18 CAS 66A TCAS I System Components)
The TCAS processor routinely reads and stores the following
own aircraft information.

(a) Mode control is input from five discrete switches

(flight level; above, below, normal; functional test;
range (3,5,15), stby; on/off) or via control unit.

(b) Own aircraft heading (pitch, roll, and radio altimeter,

if available) inputs. This information in conjunction
with own pressure altitude data allows the TCAS to de-
termine own aircraft position and flight path which is
used during tracking TA advisory, and traffic display
computations.

(c) Pressure altitude is input to the TCAS processor from

own aircraft’s pressure altitude source. Pressure al-
titude is used to determine own aircraft altitude rel-
ative to intruder’s reported altitude and own aircraft
flight level altitudes.

(d) Own aircraft identification is input to the TCAS pro-

cessor via 24 discrete bit strapped inputs. Own air-
craft I.D. is broadcast to other TCAS in the area for
interference limiting.

(e) Own aircraft maximum airspeed is input to the TCAS pro-

cessor via three discrete bit strapped inputs. This in-
formation is used in maximum closing rate projections.

(f) Discrete input from weight-on-wheel (Air-Ground) strut

switch. Notifies TCAS as to whether own aircraft is in-
flight or on-the-ground. Used in conjunction with the
ground display mode strap.

Page 101
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(g) Landing gear allows TCAS to determine when the landing

gear is extended. Bottom directional antenna operates
in omni mode when landing gear is extended.

(h) TA/RA Block Transfer program identifies the intruder

file protocol via the traffic display busses (ARINC 735
or Honeywell BCAS [EFIS] format).

(i) Advisory Inhibit discrete inputs from ground proximity

and wind shear system (if applicable).

(j) Discrete input from optional Advisory Cancel switch.

(k) Three discrete inputs from TA Intruder Display Limit

straps. These straps determine the maximum number of
aircraft that can be displayed on the traffic display
(from 3 to 30).

(l) Discrete input from Ground Display Mode strap. This in-
put determines if traffic is displayed when own aircraft
is on-the-ground.

(m) Discrete input from Display All Traffic Mode strap. This
input determines if all targets are displayed at all
times or only when a TA is present.

(n) Continuity/resistance checks on top and bottom TCAS an-

tenna ports. This information allows TCAS processor to
determine if an omni or directional antenna is used as
the bottom TCAS antenna and if the antenna cables are
properly connected to the top and bottom antennas.

The four ports for each directional antenna should re-

flect specific and different resistance values due to
port identification resistors mounted inside the direc-
tional antenna.

(o) System validity inputs. If a failure is detected on any

of the following inputs, TCAS generates failure annun-
ciation data to the resolution advisory and traffic dis-
plays.

Page 102
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

1 Discrete failure status inputs from the TA units

or other optional display units.

NOTE: In the event of a display unit failure,

the display will set its "display val-
id" output discrete to invalid and at-
tempt to display status of the fault it
has detected, if it is not prevented
from doing so by the nature of the
fault (i.e., certain faults will result
in a blank display and not allow the
display of any data).

2 Loss of continuity through the TCAS antennas.

3 Internal TCAS processor failures including fail-

ure of internal power supplies.

4 Invalid data from the radio altimeter if one is

connected.

5 ATT, HDG, ALT, etc.

(p) If a particular failure degrades TCAS operation, the

TCAS processor stops all TCAS processing and displays
an appropriate annunciation on the display units. TCAS
processor self-tests and failure annunciations are de-
scribed in detail in the FAULT ISOLATION and MAINTE-
NANCE PRACTICES sections of this manual.

(q) Twelve discrete inputs from synthesized Voice Output

Loudness Control straps. Two sets of three of these
straps determine the audio output levels to the speaker
and phones, when the aircraft is airborne. The other
sets, two sets of three straps determine the audio out-
put levels when the aircraft is on the ground.

Page 103
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(3) The TCAS processor controls the following real-time functions

of TCAS:
(a) The TPU 66A has a special receiver to receive the 1030
MHz broadcasts (TCAS replies are received at 1090 MHz).
The TCAS processor formats and transmits broadcast mes-
sages and listens for broadcasts. Broadcast messages
are transmitted at 1030 MHz by each TCAS system to no-
tify other TCAS equipped aircraft that own TCAS equipped
aircraft is present. Broadcast messages are transmit-
ted on the TCAS directional and omni antennas.

Each TCAS, including own TCAS, keeps track of the number

of broadcast messages being received. This provides
each TCAS with the number of TCAS equipped aircraft
within broadcast range. This number is used in TCAS
interference limiting formulas, the resultant of which
is used to control the power output levels and rates
employed for TCAS Mode S interrogations.

TCAS reduces the number of TCAS Mode S interrogations

and also reduces the power output levels as the number
of TCAS equipped aircraft (number of broadcast recep-
tions) increases. This reduces the detectable interro-
gation load on Mode S transponders in situations where
numerous TCAS equipped aircraft are present in the same
airspace volume. The effect of reducing the number of
air-to-air interrogations and associated transmit power
levels is a reduction of unsolicited replies (fruit
overload) received by ground stations.

(b) The TCAS processor listens for Mode S transponder squit-

ter messages from other aircraft. Mode S transponders
indicate their presence by transmitting a 1090 MHz
squitter message once every second.

The TCAS processor listens for squitters on the TCAS di-

rectional and omni antennas.

(c) If a valid Mode S squitter message is detected, the TCAS

processor commences to interrogate the intruder. If an
interrogated Mode S equipped aircraft is within TCAS
Mode S tracking range and altitude, the Mode S equipped
intruder is placed into track. Mode S track updates are
then executed which involve the TCAS processor format-
ting and then transmitting 1030 MHz Mode S interrogation
messages on the directional antenna and/or the omni an-
tenna, and receiving 1090 MHz Mode S reply messages on
the directional antenna and/or the omni antenna.

Page 104
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

The TCAS processor selects one of four directional an-

tenna beams to be used for directional message trans-
mission and reception.

(d) The TCAS processor performs ATCRBS search, track ini-

tialization, and track updates. If an ATCRBS equipped
aircraft is within TCAS ATCRBS tracking range and alti-
tude, the ATCRBS equipped intruder is placed into track.
ATCRBS search, track initialization, and track update
operations involve the TCAS processor formatting and
then transmitting 1030 MHz ATCRBS interrogations, and
receiving 1090 MHz ATCRBS replies on the directional an-
tenna and/or the omni antenna. The TCAS processor se-
lects one of four directional antenna beams to be used
for ATCRBS directional message transmission and recep-
tion.

NOTE: Mode S and ATCRBS interrogation and reply

message formats are shown below (see Figure
19 TCAS I ATCRBS Mode C And Mode S Interro-
gation Formats and Figure 20 ATCRBS/Mode S
Transponder Reply Message Formats.

Page 105
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 19 TCAS I ATCRBS Mode C And Mode S Interrogation Formats

Page 106
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 20 ATCRBS/Mode S Transponder Reply Message Formats

Page 107
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(e) The TCAS processor performs functions that determine

range, bearing, and altitude of intruder aircraft based
on information computed from or contained in the reply
messages. Bearing can only be determined for intruder
replies received on the directional antenna. Altitude
can only be determined if the intruder is reporting al-
titude in its transponder’s reply message.

(f) Based on the information that can be extracted from or

computed from the reply, the TCAS processor evaluates
the threat potential of the intruder by calculating in-
truder closing rate and position relative to own air-
craft. Based on this evaluation, the TCAS processor
categorizes the intruder as a non-threat, proximity, or
traffic advisory.

(g) For traffic advisory category aircraft, the TCAS pro-

cessor outputs TA traffic symbol position and alert data
on the ARINC 429 data bus to the TA display, outputs
traffic advisory alert voice messages to the cockpit au-
dio system, and alert outputs for optional tone gener-
ators and/or lamps.

(h) For proximity and non-threat category aircraft, the

TCAS processor outputs proximity or non-threat traffic
symbol position data on the ARINC 429 data bus to the
traffic advisory display. (Voice alerts are not gener-
ated for proximity or non-threat category aircraft.)

(i) During each TCAS 1030 MHz transmission on the direction-

al or omni antenna, the TCAS processor generates a sup-
pression pulse to other L-band equipment on own air-
craft.

(j) The TCAS processor reduces fruit and synchronous garble

interference by the following interference limiting
methods:

1 An ATCRBS P2 sidelobe suppression pulse is trans-

mitted as an omnidirectional pattern on the di-
rectional antenna to control the effective beam
width.

Refer to Figure 21 TCAS I Directional Antenna

Transmit/Receive Beam Patterns.

Page 108
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

2 A sequence of ATCRBS interrogations are transmit-

ted at different power levels (whisper-shout lev-
els). These whisper-shout levels divide the sur-
rounding airspace into range segments. The max-
imum number of whisper-shout levels (24) are used
when interrogating in the forward direction on
the directional antenna.

3 Interrogating more than once to check reply va-

lidity.

4 Transmitting a P2 ATCRBS suppression pulse in

Mode S interrogation transmissions.

5 Transmitting a P4 Mode S suppression pulse during

ATCRBS interrogation transmissions. The TCAS
processor also controls the following:

a Scheduling for interrogations performed on

the directional and omni antennas.

b TCAS sensitivity level operating modes.

c Generation of coasting data during periods

when tracking data is temporarily lost.

(k) The TCAS processor also provides communication inter-

faces with a TCAS data recorder

(4) Power Requirements

The TCAS processor receives 28 V dc primary power and 26 V ac
synchro reference input power from aircraft power sources (re-
fer to 4. Component Leading Particulars for requirements).

B. Directional Antenna

(1) General
The ANT 67A Directional Antenna allows bearing of intruder
aircraft to be determined by providing the means for the TCAS
processor to transmit interrogations and receive reply recep-
tions on one of four antenna beams. By selecting the beam,
the TCAS processor electronically points the antenna in a sur-
veillance direction during TCAS transmit and receive opera-
tions.

Page 109
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(2) TCAS Directional Antenna Description and Basic Functions

The directional antenna is an electronically steerable phased
array consisting of four top loaded monopole elements.

Unlike mechanically steered antennas, the antenna pattern can

be pointed in one of four directions without physically moving
the antenna. This is achieved by independently varying the
phase to each of the four antenna elements contained in the
directional antenna. The phasing of these signals directly
affect the beam, therefore, the phase match of the coax cables
is very important.

The four beam forming elements are located on the perimeter

of the antenna, and the whole assembly is contained in an
aerodynamic plastic enclosure just over one inch in height.
The top directional antenna is mounted at or near the longi-
tudinal centerline of the aircraft ± 5 degrees and as far for-
ward as is practical. The bottom directional antenna or omni
antenna (if used) is collocated as near as possible to the
vertical plane of the top directional antenna.

During TCAS receptions, each of the four directional antenna

elements receives any 1090 MHz signal that passes by the el-
ement. The phasing of these received signals is determined
by the direction from which the rf energy is received. These
signals are directed onto the same four cables that connect
transmit signals between the TCAS processor and directional
antenna.

Each of the four ports of the directional antenna contains a

resistor located across the antenna element to ground. Each
of the four resistors is a different value. The TCAS proces-
sor periodically performs a continuity check on the antenna
ports and should see the correct resistance value (via an A/
D converter) if the port is not shorted or not open.

The directional antenna is a passive device and does not re-

quire aircraft power.

C. TCAS Omnidirectional Antenna

TCAS may use one omni antenna mounted on the bottom of the aircraft
instead of a directional antenna.

These omni antennas are L-band monopoles and are identical to those
omni antennas presently used for DME and ATC transponders.

Page 110
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

The TCAS omni antenna connects to the TPU 66A TCAS processor. These
connections are made via coaxial cables. The three remaining unit
bottom antenna coaxes must be connected to 50 Ω terminations.

The TCAS processor routinely performs continuity checks on the om-

nidirectional antenna and associated cables.

Figure 21 TCAS I Directional Antenna Transmit/Receive Beam Patterns

Page 111
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

D. TA Display

The TID 66A/66D Traffic Advisory (TA) display is shown in Figure 22

TID 66A/66D Traffic Display. A high resolution, sunlight readable,
full color, liquid crystal display (LCD) allows traffic information
to be displayed. The active matrix LCD display gives a flicker free,
parallax free display. The contrast ratio is 4:1 at 8000 foot can-
dles (direct viewing). Viewing angle is +/-60 degrees horizontally
and +45/-10 degrees vertically.

The center of the display is a horizontal situation presentation of

the traffic around the aircraft including intruder altitude, and
vertical direction. Traffic is divided into three categories by
threat risk and differentiated on the display by symbol color and
shape as shown in Figure 22 TID 66A/66D Traffic Display.

Text messages are displayed for TCAS and display modes and intruder
information.

Display brightness level is controlled by a combination of bezel and

remote light sensors and by the lighting bus input. An optional
bezel mounted brightness control is also available.

Traffic display range control can be provided remotely from the con-
trol unit or locally via an optional bezel mounted range control.

Traffic display data (TA data) is received via a high-speed ARINC

429 data bus from the TCAS processor.

Built-in-test circuits continuously monitor for TA unit failures.

Failure status is reported to the TCAS processor via discrete DIS-
PLAY VALID signal lines.

Page 112
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 22 TID 66A/66D Traffic Display

Page 113
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

8. Controls and Indicators

A. General

The primary manual controls used to operate the TCAS I are contained
on the TCAS I control unit or through discrete switches; the primary
manual controls used to operate TCAS II are contained on the tran-
sponder/TCAS control unit.

NOTE: Controls and indicators of the CP 66A / CP 66B, KFS 578A,

PS-578A, PS-550, and CD 671C Control Units are described
in these paragraphs.

TCAS advisory and/or operational status indications are provided on

the TA/VSI, dedicated traffic display, radar display, cockpit audio
system, and the transponder/TCAS control unit.

Control of traffic advisory display range selection can be provided

remotely from the transponder/TCAS control unit or locally via a
front panel range selector switch, or switches, depending upon type
of display unit used and display unit configuration strapping.

B. TCAS Input Power Control

Twenty eight Volts dc or 115 V ac/400 Hz primary power, 26 V ac

reference power, and 5 V ac or dc or 28 V dc background panel light-
ing power are applied to TCAS by closing aircraft circuit breakers.

C. TCAS I Control Unit - CP 66A / CP 66B

The CP 66A / CP 66B is the master control for the TCAS I processor.
The CP 66A / CP 66B is used in installations containing one TCAS I
processor. Refer to Figure 23 CP 66A TCAS I Control Unit Controls
and Figure 24 CP 66B TCAS I Control Unit Controls

D. TCAS I/Mode S Transponder Control Units

The KFS 578A, PS-578A, PS-550, and CD 671C control units are the
master controls for both TCAS and the transponder. They are avail-
able in configurations suitable for dual (Mode S) or single (Mode
S/ATCRBS) installations. The the functions of the controls and in-
dicators on the control units are described in Figure 25 KFS 578A
Control Unit Controls, Figure 26 PS-578A Control Unit Controls, Fig-
ure 27 PS-550 Control Unit Controls, and Figure 28 CD 671C TCAS/Mode
S Control Unit Controls.

Page 114
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

NOTE: When using a KFS 578A, PS-578A, or PS-550 in a configu-

ration interfaced with a radar indicator, a remote T/Wx
switch will be required.

Figure 23 CP 66A TCAS I Control Unit Controls

Page 115
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 24 CP 66B TCAS I Control Unit Controls

Page 116
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION

MODE Selection Momentary switches. Selects OFF, SBY (standby), TST and PWR
CP 66A (ON).
MODE Switch Three position rotary switch. Selects OFF, SBY (standby),
CP 66B and ON.
SBY Position In-flight or on the ground places TCAS I in STANDBY mode.
In STANDBY mode, processor’s power is turned on but the TCAS
processor does not transmit. In STANDBY mode, all TCAS
broadcast, surveillance, and tracking operations are
disabled and the traffic display is blanked except for a
"TCAS STBY" mode annunciation.
TEST Pressing the TST button initiates TCAS functional self test.
If TCAS processor Functional Test Inhibit program pin is
strapped, TCAS functional test is inhibited while aircraft
is airborne. The TA displays "TEST" for the duration of the
functional test (approximately 12 seconds). A test pattern
appearing on the traffic display allows verification of each
type of intruder symbol. If the weather radar is in the
TEST mode, this pattern will be overlaid on the radar test
pattern. If in the weather mode, this pattern is overlaid
on the weather.
ON Position In-Flight - Places TCAS in TA ONLY mode (traffic advisory
(TA ONLY Mode) only mode). TCAS broadcasts and performs all Mode S and
ATCRBS surveillance and tracking functions. TCAS provides
traffic displays for TA, proximity, and non-threat category
aircraft (exception per NOTE 1). TCAS provides traffic
advisory alerts. A TA ONLY annunciation appears on the
traffic display.

On-the-Ground - Depending on TCAS strapping, TCAS either

goes into TA ONLY mode or STANDBY mode (traffic display
screen is blanked except a "TCAS STBY" mode annunciation
appears on traffic display).
(See Figure 23 CP 66A TCAS I Control Unit Controls or Figure 24 CP 66B TCAS I Control Unit
Controls)

Table 51 CP 66A / CP 66B Control Unit Controls and Indicators

(Sheet 1 of 3)

Page 117
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION

FL Pushbutton Switch Spring-loaded pushbutton switch. When pressed and released,

replaces relative altitude annunciations for intruder
aircraft on traffic display with flight-level altitude
annunciations for a period of 15 seconds. During the 15
second period, own aircraft flight-level altitude also
appears on the traffic display. After 15 seconds, own
aircraft flight-level altitude disappears from display and
intruder aircraft altitude annunciations revert back to
relative altitude annunciations (NOTE 2).
ABOVE/NORM/BELOW Switch Three position toggle switch (CP 66A) or a three position
Arrow symbols on CP 66A rotary switch (CP 66B). Selects relative altitude display
limits for non-threat category aircraft (open-white diamond
symbols) on the traffic display (NOTE 4).
ABOVE Position Selects display of non-threat aircraft up to 8700 feet above
own aircraft and down to 2700 feet below own aircraft.
ABOVE is annunciated on screen of traffic display.
NORM Position Selects display of non-threat aircraft up to 2700 feet above
own aircraft and down to 2700 feet
below own aircraft on traffic display.
BELOW Position Selects display of non-threat aircraft down to 8700 feet
below own aircraft and up to 2700 feet above own aircraft.
BELOW is annunciated on screen of traffic display.
TCAS RANGE Switch Increment/decrement switches. Selects 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, or
CP 66A 40 nautical mile range scaling for the traffic display
(NOTES 3 and 5).
TCAS RANGE Switch Six position rotary switch. Selects 3, 5, 10, 15, 20, or 40
CP 66B nautical mile range scaling for the traffic display.
(See Figure 23 CP 66A TCAS I Control Unit Controls or Figure 24 CP 66B TCAS I Control Unit
Controls)

Table 51 CP 66A / CP 66B Control Unit Controls and Indicators

(Sheet 2)

Page 118
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION

T/Wx Three position increment/decrement (CP 66A) or rotary switch

(CP 66B) used to control traffic advisories displayed on a
weather radar indicator. The annunciations appearing on the
weather radar display are "WX" for weather only; "TCAS" for
TCAS only; "T/WX" for TCAS and weather information.
AUTO/MANUAL AUTO/MANUAL is controlled via an open/ground discrete input
(-0901,-1001,-1101,-2001 on the rear connector. In Honeywell EFIS installations, it
CP 66B only) is used to control the display of TCAS on the MFD. In AUTO
mode, traffic is displayed on the MFD whenever there is
traffic to display. In MANUAL mode, traffic is only
displayed on the MFD when TCAS is selected on the EFIS
controller.
FAIL Illuminates on the display for some failure conditions
detected by TCAS.
(See Figure 23 CP 66A TCAS I Control Unit Controls or Figure 24 CP 66B TCAS I Control Unit
Controls)
NOTE1: TCAS can be strapped to display either all traffic all
the time or only when a TA is present.

NOTE2: Holding the FL switch pressed for longer than 15 seconds

will not display flight level altitudes for any longer
than 15 seconds.

NOTE3: The range at which traffic advisories are generated by

TCAS is unaffected by the TCAS RANGE switch.

NOTE4: TA (traffic advisory), and proximity category aircraft

displays are unaffected by the ABOVE/NORM/BELOW switch.
(TA aircraft within ±8700 feet of own aircraft are dis-
played regardless of the ABOVE/NORM/BELOW switch posi-
tion. Proximity category aircraft are always within 5
nmi and ±1200 feet altitude of own aircraft.)

NOTE5: The presence of intruder aircraft that are categorized as

TA (traffic advisories) that are beyond the selected dis-
play range is indicated by 1/2 target symbols at edge of
screen. The position of the 1/2 symbol represents ap-
proximate bearing of the intruder (1/2 yellow circle for
off-scale TA). When this occurs, the aircraft symbol can
be displayed by increasing the selected range on the TCAS
RANGE switch.

Table 51 CP 66A / CP 66B Control Unit Controls and Indicators

(Sheet 3)

Page 119
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 25 KFS 578A Control Unit Controls

(Typical)

Page 120
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 26 PS-578A Control Unit Controls

(Typical)

Page 121
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 27 PS-550 Control Unit Controls

(Typical)

Page 122
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 28 CD 671C TCAS/Mode S Control Unit Controls

(Typical)

Page 123
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION
1/2 Switch Selects one of two Mode S transponders to be under control
ATC 1-2 Switch of the control unit. The non-selected Mode S transponder is
placed in STANDBY mode.
ALT 1-2 Switch Selects one of two Mode S transponder altitude source input
ALT ON / ALT OFF ports.
Function Selector Switch Rotary switch. Controls operating modes of Mode S
transponder and requests TCAS operating modes.
TST/TEST Position Initiates TCAS and Mode S transponder functional self-test.
If TCAS processor Functional Test Inhibit program pin is
strapped, TCAS functional test is inhibited while aircraft
is airborne. The traffic display displays "TEST". A test
pattern appearing on the traffic display allows verification
of each type of intruder symbol.
SBY/STBY Position In-flight or on-the-ground places Mode S transponder and
TCAS in STANDBY mode. In STANDBY mode, transponder’s power
is turned on but transponder does not transmit squitters or
reply to interrogations. In STANDBY mode, all TCAS
broadcast, surveillance, and tracking operations are
disabled and the traffic display is blanked except for a
"TCAS STBY" mode annunciation.
ON Position/ALT OFF Position In-Flight - Turns on Mode S transponder to fully active
state and places TCAS in STANDBY mode. Mode S transponder
transmits squitters and replies to Mode S and ATCRBS Mode
C and Mode A interrogations. The Mode S transponder’s reply
to Mode C and Mode S interrogations does not contain an
altitude report. The transponder’s reply to Mode A
interrogations contains the ATC transponder code (normal
Mode A reply). All TCAS broadcasts, surveillance, and
tracking functions are disabled. Traffic display screen is
blanked except for a "TCAS STBY" mode annunciation.
On-the-Ground - Mode S transponder squitters and replies to
Mode S interrogations. Depending on Mode S transponder
strapping, transponder replies or does not reply to ATCRBS
Mode C and Mode A interrogations. The transponder’s reply
to ATCRBS and Mode S interrogations does not contain an
altitude report. The transponder’s reply to Mode A
interrogations contains the ATC transponder code. TCAS is
in STANDBY mode. Traffic display screen is blanked except
for a "TCAS STBY" annunciation.
See Figure 25 KFS 578A Control Unit Controls,
Figure 26 PS-578A Control Unit Controls,
Figure 27 PS-550 Control Unit Controls, or
Figure 28 CD 671C TCAS/Mode S Control Unit Controls.

Table 52 Control Unit Controls and Indicators

(Sheet 1 of 5)

Page 124
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION
Function Selector Switch
(Cont.)
ALT/XPDR/ALT ON Position In-Flight - Same effect on Mode S transponder and TCAS as ON
position (in-flight) except Mode S transponder reports
altitude in its Mode C and Mode S replies.
On-the-Ground - Same effect on Mode S transponder and TCAS
as ON position (on-the-ground) except transponder reports
altitude in its Mode C and Mode S replies (if strapped to
respond to Mode C when on-the-ground).
VFR Position Annunciates ATC and VFR, and displays stored ATC code.
The ATC code can be changed by encoder knobs.
TA Position In-Flight - Turns on Mode S transponder to fully active
(TA ONLY Mode) state and places TCAS in TA ONLY mode traffic advisory only
mode). Mode S transponder transmits squitters and replies
fully to Mode S and ATCRBS Mode C and Mode A interrogations.
TCAS broadcasts and performs all Mode S and ATCRBS
surveillance and tracking functions. TCAS provides traffic
displays for TA, proximity, and non-threat category aircraft
(exception per NOTE 1). TCAS provides traffic advisory
alerts. A TA ONLY annunciation appears on the traffic
display.
On-the-Ground - Mode S transponder squitters and replies
fully to Mode S interrogations. Depending on transponder
strapping, transponder replies fully or does not reply to
ATCRBS Mode C and Mode A interrogations. Depending on TCAS
strapping, TCAS either goes into TA ONLY mode or STANDBY
mode (traffic display screen is blanked except a "TCAS STBY"
mode annunciation appears on traffic display).
MODE Pushbutton (PS-550) ATC Mode - (default mode) allows entry of the four-digit ATC
(Note 7) code.
FID Mode - allows entry of alpha numeric flight
identification and annunciates “FID” on display.
TFC Mode (Collins TDR-94D) - selects traffic display
operating mode: pop-up (AUTO) or full-time display (ON) and
annunciates on display.
FL Mode (Honeywell MST 67A) - allows selection of relative
(REL) or absolute (ABS) altitude to be displayed.
ADC Mode - selects which air data computer is used by TCAS
and annunciates “ADC” and “1” or “2” on display.
See Figure 25 KFS 578A Control Unit Controls,
Figure 26 PS-578A Control Unit Controls,
Figure 27 PS-550 Control Unit Controls, or
Figure 28 CD 671C TCAS/Mode S Control Unit Controls.

Table 52 Control Unit Controls and Indicators

(Sheet 2)

Page 125
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION
FID Pushbutton ATC Mode - (default mode) allows entry of the four-digit
PS-578A ATC code.
FID Mode - allows entry of alpha numeric flight identi-
fication and annunciates “FID” on display.
FL Pushbutton Switch Spring-loaded pushbutton switch. When pressed and released,
replaces relative altitude annunciations for intruder
aircraft on traffic display with flight-level altitude
annunciations for a period of 15 seconds. During the 15
second period, own aircraft flight-level altitude also
appears on the traffic display. After 15 seconds, own
aircraft flight-level altitude disappears from display and
intruder aircraft altitude annunciations revert back to
relative altitude annunciations (NOTE 2.)
TCAS RANGE Switch Continuous rotary switch, clockwise increases range and
counter clockwise decreases range. Selects 3 - 40 nautical
mile range scaling for the traffic display. The selected
display scaling is annunciated as 40 nmi, 20 nmi, 15 nmi, 10
nmi, 5nmi, or 3 nmi on the traffic display (NOTES 3, 4, 5,
and 6).
ABOVE/NORM/BELOW Switch Three position toggle switch. Selects relative altitude
display limits for non-threat category aircraft (open-white
diamond symbols) on the traffic display (NOTE 5).
ABOVE Position Selects display of non-threat aircraft up to +8700 feet
(+9000 feet MOPS Change 7) above own aircraft and down to -
2700 feet below own aircraft. ABOVE is annunciated on
screen of traffic display.
See Figure 25 KFS 578A Control Unit Controls,
Figure 26 PS-578A Control Unit Controls,
Figure 27 PS-550 Control Unit Controls, or
Figure 28 CD 671C TCAS/Mode S Control Unit Controls.

Table 52 Control Unit Controls and Indicators

(Sheet 3)

Page 126
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CONTROL/INDICATOR FUNCTION
ABOVE/NORM/BELOW Switch
(Cont.)
NORM Position Selects display of non-threat aircraft up to 2700 feet above
own aircraft and down to 2700 feet below own aircraft on
traffic display. An up/down carrot is shown on the control
unit.
BELOW Position Selects display of non-threat aircraft down to -8700 feet (-
9000 feet MOPS Change 7) below own aircraft and up to +2700
feet above own aircraft. BELOW is annunciated on screen of
traffic display.
IDT/IDENT/SEL ID/ATC IDENT When this switch is pressed and released, a Special ATC
Pushbutton IDENT Position Identifier (SPI) is inserted into the
transponder’s Mode A and Mode S replies to interrogations
from ground stations. The SPI pulse is not used by TCAS.
Code Select Knobs Allows selection of transponder identification code. The
transponder inserts this code into replies to Mode A
interrogations and Mode S ATC identification requests from
ground stations. The ATC IDENT code is not used by TCAS.
ATC IDENT Code Display Displays transponder ATC identification code selected by the
Code Select Knobs and annunciates which transponder is
selected by the ATC 1-2 Switch.
FAIL (KFS 578A, CD 671C) Illuminates on the display for failure of the selected
Mode S transponder.
CP FAIL (PS-578A, PS-550) Illuminates on the display for internal control panel fail
modes.
XPDR FAIL (PS-578A,PS-550) Illuminates on the display for failure of the selected
Mode S transponder.
ATC FAIL Lamp Illuminates (amber) for failure of the selected Mode S
CTA-81A/D transponder.
T/Wx (CD 671C) Three position rotary switch used to control traffic
advisories displayed on a weather radar indicator. The
modes appearing on the weather radar display are "WX" for
weather only; "TCAS" for TCAS only; "T/WX" for TCAS and
weather information.
See Figure 25 KFS 578A Control Unit Controls,
Figure 26 PS-578A Control Unit Controls,
Figure 27 PS-550 Control Unit Controls, or
Figure 28 CD 671C TCAS/Mode S Control Unit Controls.

Table 52 Control Unit Controls and Indicators

(Sheet 4)

Page 127
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

NOTE1: TCAS can be strapped to display either all traffic all

the time or only when a TA is present.

NOTE2: Holding the FL switch pressed for longer than 15 seconds

will not display flight level altitudes for any longer
than 15 seconds.

NOTE3: The range at which traffic advisories are generated by

TCAS is unaffected by the TCAS RANGE switch.

NOTE4: The presence of intruder aircraft that are categorized as

TA (traffic advisories) that are beyond the selected dis-
play range is indicated by 1/2 target symbols at edge of
screen. The position of the 1/2 symbol represents ap-
proximate bearing of the intruder. The 1/2 symbol color
and shape represents whether the off-scale TA (1/2 yellow
circle for off-scale TA). When this occurs, the aircraft
symbol can be displayed by increasing the selected range
on the TCAS RANGE switch.

NOTE5: TA (traffic advisory), and proximity category aircraft

displays are unaffected by the ABOVE/NORM/BELOW switch.
(TA aircraft within ±8700 feet (±9000 feet MOPS Change 7)
of own aircraft are displayed regardless of the ABOVE/
NORM/BELOW switch position. Proximity category aircraft
are always within 5 nmi and ±1200 feet altitude of own
aircraft.)

NOTE6: TCAS RANGE switch is not provided on all versions of the

KFS 578A or CD 671C. When a TA/VSI or dedicated traffic
display having optional range selectors is used, range
selection is made at the traffic display.

NOTE7: The MODE pushbutton at the right center of unit sets the
unit in ATC, FID, ADC, TFC, or FL operating mode and an-
nunciates on the LCD panel.

Table 52 Control Unit Controls and Indicators

(Sheet 5)

Page 128
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

E. GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor

The TCAS graphic processor allows traffic to be displayed on dif-

ferent color radar indicators listed previously. Refer to manufac-
turers literature for a complete listing of the controls available.

NOTE: A pilot’s manual (P/N 006-08499-0000) supplied by Honey-

well describes the Radar/TCAS display operation in de-
tail.

Page 129
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED

Page 130
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 29 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor, TCAS and Radar Displays

Page 131/132
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 30 Collins IND270 Indicator, TCAS and Radar Displays

Page 133/134
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 31 Honeywell WI650 Radar Indicator, TCAS and Radar Displays

Page 135/136
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 32 Honeywell P90 Radar Indicator, TCAS and Radar Displays

Page 137/138
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

FAULT ISOLATION
1. General

Fault isolation is the process of locating the source of a TCAS failure

at the black box or aircraft wiring level. Fault isolation for TCAS in-
volves observation of the TCAS failure indicators and using functional
self-test. After the fault has been isolated, the appropriate aircraft
repair procedures are used to correct the problem. See the MAINTENANCE
PRACTICES section for details.

TCAS failures are detected, and indicated as flags on the traffic display
as a result of full-time TCAS Built-In-Test Equipment monitoring and man-
ually initiated TCAS Self-Test. More detailed TCAS failure annunciations
are indicated on the TCAS traffic/Weather Radar display.

TCAS faults and fault codes can be viewed on the right-side of the TCAS
processor or on a Diagnostic computer with the appropriate diagnostic pro-
grams. Refer to diagnostic software listed in A. TPU Diagnostic Software.
Real-time failures can be observed and fault memory can be searched for
reoccurring problems by the Diagnostic computer. TCAS faults can be re-
corded and analyzed using special recording programs with dedicated com-
puter equipment.

For these reasons, it is very important that the TCAS installation con-
tains accessible diagnostic and recorder connection. Additionally, the
diagnostic computer is necessary for system checkout and installation
fault isolation.

2. Fault Isolation

Fault isolation is typically performed on the ground, as a result of fail-

ures indicated during post-installation or preflight testing, or malfunc-
tions that were observed during flight operation.

A. General

(1) The TCAS processor is capable of detecting any malfunctions

of TCAS components that degrade or prevent possible collision
avoidance protection. A failure of the TCAS system during
normal operation results in the following actions by the TCAS
processor:

• Provides an indication to flight crew that an abnormal con-

dition exists. Typically, a yellow "TCAS" flag will an-
nunciate on the traffic display.

• Prevents interrogations by own aircraft TCAS.

Page 1001
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

• Deactivates the normal TCAS display functions.

(2) There are three methods for observing failure causes of the
TCAS system.

• First, the failure annunciations may be viewed on an ex-

ternal display. The self-test is initiated from the con-
trol unit.

• The second method is to observe the self-test fault codes

annunciated on the TPU side-panel LED indicator (located
inside the cover of the processor).

• The third method is to use a diagnostic computer program

to view faults in real-time or recover faults stored in
fault memory.

(3) Before performing TCAS system self-test, ensure that the fol-
lowing aircraft systems are powered and operating with no
failure flags on the appropriate cockpit instruments:

• Heading (Compass) Systems

• Encoding Altitude Sources (Air Data Systems)

• Altitude (Vertical Gyro) Systems

• Radio Altimeter Systems

(4) If the attitude and heading data supplied to the TCAS system
is from an AHRS, IRS or INS, they must be aligned and in an
operational mode.

B. Using the TCAS/Weather Radar Display

NOTE: If a TCAS/Weather Radar display is used as the traffic

display, the radar system should be in SBY or TST before
the next step for about 5 seconds to allow the display to
warm up.

(1) On the TCAS control, select self-test, the self-test continues

automatically for approximately 12 seconds.

(2) If there are no malfunctions, the test sequence will be as

follows. A test pattern appears on the traffic display to
allow verification of each type of intruder symbol. The traf-
fic display shows the TCAS traffic test pattern and "TEST" is
displayed. See Figure 1001 TCAS Test Pattern.

Page 1002
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(3) At the successful conclusion of self-test, the TCAS processor

outputs onto the audio bus the synthesized voice message,
"TCAS SYSTEM TEST OK."

(4) If there is a failure detected during self-test, the voice

message output from the TCAS processor is, "TCAS SYSTEM TEST
FAIL."

Figure 1001 TCAS Test Pattern

Page 1003
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

The traffic display will flag. The TCAS/Weather Radar display

will annunciate the failed system component(s).

Possible traffic display fault annunciations are as follows:

• TCAS PROCESSOR

• UPPER ANTENNA

• LOWER ANTENNA

• RADIO ALT #1

• RADIO ALT #2

• RADIO ALT #1 and #2

• TRAFFIC DISPLAY #1

• TRAFFIC DISPLAY #2

• RA DISPLAY #1

• RA DISPLAY #2

• RA DISPLAY #1 and #2

• CONTROL DATA

• ALT DATA #1 and #2

• #1 ALT DATA

• #2 ALT DATA

• ATTITUDE

• HEADING

• GP RAM

• NO TCAS 429 DATA

Page 1004
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(5) If the self-test results were not successful, perform the fol-
lowing:

(a) If a TCAS/Weather Radar display is used, check and

record fault annunciation(s). For TCAS line mainte-
nance troubleshooting procedures, refer to Table 1001
TCAS/Weather Radar Display Fault Annunciations.

(b) In non-TCAS/Weather Radar display aircraft, view the

LED on the right-side of TPU 66A unit for further clar-
ification of problem, refer to Table 1003 TCAS Processor
Fault Codes.

(c) Use a diagnostic computer to view the fault conditions

of the TCAS Processor.

CAUTION: REMOVE POWER PRIOR TO REPLACING A TCAS SYSTEM

COMPONENT. DAMAGE TO THE EQUIPMENT MAY OTH-
ERWISE RESULT.

FAULT ANNUNCIATION FAULT ISOLATION

#1 ALT DATA Check altitude source and associated wiring.
#2 ALT DATA Check proper altitude type is selected.
ALT DATA #1 and #2
CONTROL DATA Check TCAS control unit.
TCAS PROCESSOR Replace TCAS processor.
UPPER ANTENNA Check antenna and associated wiring. Use diagnostic computer to
LOWER ANTENNA determine failed antenna connection.
ATTITUDE Check attitude & heading sources and associated wiring. Check
HEADING proper attitude type is selected.
TCAS FAIL/NO TCAS Check power and associated wiring. Replace traffic display
TRAFFIC DISPLAY unit.
TA DISPLAY #2 Check vertical speed source (on TA/RA/VSI), power, and
TA DISPLAY #1 and #2 associated wiring. Replace traffic display unit.
RADIO ALT #1 or #2 Check selected radio altimeter source. Radio altimeter #2 will
be indicated on single radio altimeter installations. Check
proper altitude type selected.

Table 1001 TCAS/Weather Radar Display Fault Annunciations

Page 1005
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

C. Using TCAS Processor LED Fault Codes

The TCAS processor fault codes are displayed on an LED indicator

located at top center on the left side of the TCAS processor (inside
the top cover).

(1) Normally, with no fault, the seven LED segments light one at
a time in a figure eight pattern. The decimal also blinks.

(2) Typically, the fault codes shown in Table 1003 TCAS Processor
Fault Codes are associated with external inputs to the TCAS
processor. Use these fault codes for fault isolation of the
TCAS system in the aircraft.

The following legend and abbreviations apply to Table 1003

TCAS Processor Fault Codes.

F-UUU-xx - OS_DEFAULT_INTERRUPT_SERVICE_SW_EXCEPT - 80960KB

Unassigned Interrupt, xx is the vector of the
undefined interrupt.

SPM - System Performance Monitoring

CS - Cold Start
WS - Warm Start (power interruption < 1 sec)
FT - Functional Test

NOTE: Additional fault classes and codes may be indicat-

ed. Typically, any codes not shown in Table 1003
TCAS Processor Fault Codes indicate an internal
TCAS processor failure. A single letter code, as
shown below, indicates a catastrophic internal TCAS
processor failure. All fault codes and unit serial
number should be recorded to share with Honeywell
Product Support.

CODE FAILURE
A RAM address line stuck low
d RAM address line stuck high
F CPU reserved RAM data test
b Program memory boot block checksum failure
C CPU Instruction
H Program memory main block checksum failure

Table 1002 Catastrophic Single Letter Failure Codes

Page 1006
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

NOTE: Fault codes that indicate problems with the antenna

or antenna cables will require additional trouble-
shooting to determine the cause of the fault. The
DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES list the necessary test
equipment and recommended procedures for trouble-
shooting the antenna system.

SYMBOL CLASS CODE FAILURE

F 01 01 RAM data (SPM) - RAM on computer board not reliable
F 01 02 RAM data (CS, WS, FT) - RAM on computer board not reliable
F 01 05 Voice EPROM - Xilinx/Voice memory EPROM on I/O board failed checksum
F 01 07 ATAN EPROM - deleted with TPU67A2.10 release - part no longer on 8876
computer bd.
F 01 08 EEPROM - Factory Cal and Fault Log EEPROM on computer bd. fails checksum
F 01 09 POWER SUPPLY +3.3 V - voltage divider on I/O board reading out of spec.
F 01 10 POWER SUPPLY +6 V - voltage divider on I/O board reading out of spec.
F 01 11 POWER SUPPLY +10.5 V - voltage divider on I/O board reading out of spec.
F 01 12 POWER SUPPLY -10.5 V - voltage divider on I/O board reading out of spec.
F 01 13 POWER SUPPLY +30 V - voltage divider on I/O board reading out of spec.
F 01 14 POWER SUPPLY +50 V - voltage divider on I/O board reading out of spec.
F 01 15 POWER SUPPLY -250 V - voltage divider on I/O board reading out of spec.
F 01 18 Transmit Power - TX power read on I/O board is reading out of spec.
F 01 19 429 Transmit - wrap around receiver not receiving transmitted 429 data on
computer bd
F 01 20 Power Supply +2.5V reference / 5V - voltage divider on IO bd reading out
of spec.
F 02 01 Top Antenna - matching resistor on I/O bd not correct or 50 ohm loads not
connected
F 02 02 Bottom Antenna - matching resistor on I/O bd not correct or 50 ohm loads
not connected
F 02 03 Baro Altitude - 419 or 429 (computer bd) or Gillham data (IO bd) invalid
based on selected source
F 02 04 Roll - 429 (computer bd) or Synchro (I/O bd) data invalid based on
selected source
F 02 05 Pitch - 429 (computer bd) or Synchro (I/O bd) data invalid based on
selected source
F 02 06 Heading (SPM) - 429 (computer bd) or Synchro (I/O bd) data invalid based
on selected source

Table 1003 TCAS Processor Fault Codes

Page 1007
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

F 02 07 Heading (CS) - 429 (computer bd) or Synchro (I/O bd) data invalid based
on selected source
F 02 08 Radio Altimeter (SPM) - 429 (computer bd) or Analog (I/O bd) data invalid
based on selected source
F 02 09 Radio Altimeter (CS) - 429 (computer bd) or Analog (I/O bd) data invalid
based on selected source
F 02 10 Strapped Discretes - Parity and strapped discretes must be wired to have
odd # of grounds (IO bd)
F 02 11 Display Integrity - One display valid line to TA #1 or #2 must be valid
(IO bd)
F 02 12 Control Panel - 429 control data invalid (computer bd)
F 02 13 Own Mode S Address - not a valid address, cannot be all open or all
ground (IO bd)
F 04 01 VIDEO Ram data (CS, WS, FT) - Ram on video bd. not reliable
F 04 02 VIDEO Ram address stuck low - video bd.
F 04 03 VIDEO Ram address stuck high - video bd.
F 04 04 VIDEO Suppression Latch Clear Error - Video bd suppression latch will not
clear
F 04 05 VIDEO Suppression Latch Mode C Error - Video bd suppression latch will
not set
F 04 06 VIDEO Suppression Latch Mode S Error - Video bd suppression latch will
not set
F 04 07 VIDEO Set End of Interrogation (EOI) - EOI line on video bd will not set
F 04 08 VIDEO Clear EOI - EOI line on video bd will not clear
F 04 09 VIDEO Top/Bottom Switch - Top Error video bd.
F 04 10 VIDEO Top/Bottom Switch - Bottom Error video bd.
F 04 11 VIDEO MS_ATCX True error - Mode S/Mode C bit, ATCX bit video bd.
F 04 12 VIDEO MS_ATCX False error - Mode S/Mode C bit, ATCX bit video bd.
F 04 13 VIDEO SQ_MODEX True error - Squitter Mode bit, video bd.
F 04 14 VIDEO SQ_MODEX False error - Squitter Mode bit, video bd.
F 04 15 VIDEO EXT_CNTL True error - External control bit on video bd.
F 04 16 VIDEO EXT_CNTL False error - External control bit on video bd.
F 04 17 VIDEO MD3X Mode C error - MD3X bit on video bd
F 04 18 VIDEO MD3X Mode S error - MD3X bit on video bd
F 10 XX Software task duration failure - XX is !MultiTask task number (software
problem)
F 20 XX Software task frequency failure - XX is !MultiTask task number (software
problem)

Table 1003 TCAS Processor Fault Codes

Page 1008
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

F 81 00 Bite Ram Data Exception - software error

F 81 01 Bite Task in Progress - BITE test not completed before starting again,
software error
F 81 02 Bite Software Monitor - Invalid MT! task number during SW monitor test,
software error
F 81 03 TPU initialization timeout error - initialization taking to long, bad
cable cal at start up causes this failure, also see F-89-17.
Additionally, previous releases to 01/10 had this problem due to high
suppression bus activity during cal.
F 82 00 MT_RELMEM_ERROR-MT! memory error, software error
F 82 01 MT_PERIOD_ERROR-MT! periodic event error, software error
F 82 02 MT_TASK_ERROR-MT! task initialization error, software error. Also have
received in the factory when 429 inputs on xpndr channels on 8876
computer boards.
F 82 03 MT_RETURN_ERROR - Return from MT! error, software error
F 82 04 MT_GENERAL_ERROR - Invalid MT! task number, software error
F 82 05 CRIT_REG_ERROR - Incorrect critical region type requested, software error
F 82 06 MT_INVALID_SLOT - Invalid task slot number, software error
F 82 07 PWR_BAD_PDR_RAM_CS_ - RAM copy of Power Down Record has bad checksum
F 82 08 PWR_BAD_BITE_CS_- BITE fault record has bad checksum
F 82 09 PWR_BAD_VIDEO_CS - Video warm start record has bad checksum
F 82 0A BAD_EEPROM_WRITE - Error writing to EEPROM
F 84 01 ATTITUDE_TYPE_EXCEPTION - aircraft strapped for invalid attitude type
F 84 02 ALTITUDE_TYPE_EXCEPTION - aircraft strapped for invalid altitude type
F 84 03 RAD_ALT_TYPE_EXCEPTION - aircraft strapped for invalid radio altimeter
type
F 84 04 INVALID_RANGE_EXCEPTION - should never get, software error
F 84 05 DMA_VOICE_TIMEOUT_EXCEPTION - DMA interrupt doesn't occur or is not seen
at end of voice message
F 84 06 DMA_422_TIMEOUT_EXCEPTION - DMA interrupt doesn't occur or is not seen at
end of 422 transmission
F 85 02 OS_DEFAULT_SPT_SERVICE_SW_EXCEPT - software error
F 85 03 OS_RETURN_FROM_MAIN_SW_EXCEPT - software error
F 85 04 OS_DMA_1030_SW_EXCEPT - 1030 Receive DMA buffer size exceeded, DMA on
computer bd or software error
F 85 05 OS_DMA_429_SW_EXCEPT - 429 Receive buffer size exceeded, DMA on computer
bd or software error that we should never get
F 85 50 I/O Voice Mailbox Exception - !Multitask mailbox system not working,
software error

Table 1003 TCAS Processor Fault Codes

Page 1009
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

F 85 51 I/O Data Recorder Mailbox Exception - !Multitask mailbox system not

working, software error
F 85 52 BITE Failure Mailbox Exception - !Multitask mailbox system not working,
software error
F 85 53 BITE LED Write Mailbox Exception - !Multitask mailbox system not working,
software error
F 85 54 OS 429 Mailbox Exception - !Multitask mailbox system not working,
software error
F 85 55 OS CPROC EXEC Mailbox Exception - !Multitask mailbox system not working,
software error
F 86 00 SURV: SHOULD _NOT_BE_HERE - software error
F 86 01 SURV: NOT_ADDED_TO_HASH - too many Mode S address squitters which have a
common bit pattern
F 86 02 SURV: BAD_PARAMETER - software error
F 86 03 SURV: IDENTICAL_TIMESTAMPS - TISI did not increment timestamps, software
problem
F 87 01 TRACK_NOT_ITF_EXCEPT - software error
F 87 02 TRACK_ITF_NUMS_OVRFLW - software error
F 88 00 UTIL_INVALID_MODES_UF0_FIELD - software error
F 88 01 UTIL_INVALID_MODES_UF16_FIELD - software error
F 88 02 UTIL_INVALID_MODES_DF0_FIELD - software error
F 88 03 UTIL_INVALID_MODES_DF11_FIELD - software error
F 88 04 UTIL_INVALID_MODES_MSG_TYPE - software error
F 89 01 MODES_EOI_STUCK_EXCEPTION - EOI should transition at end of interrogation
on video bd
F 89 03 MODES_PROC_REPLIES2_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 04 MODES_INTERROGATE1_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 07 MODEC_TRANSMIT_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 08 MODEC_PROCESS_RX_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 09 MODEC_BUFFER_FULL_EXCEPTION - too many valid Mode C replies received for
buffer to be processed by Surveillance
F 89 10 MODEC_INTERROGATE_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 11 SWAP_SWITCH_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 12 PHASE_SHIFT_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 13 RANGE_COUNTER1_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 14 RANGE_COUNTER2_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 15 WS_SEQUENCE_TYPE_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 16 VPSDATA_FIND_NULL_EXCEPTION1 - software error

Table 1003 TCAS Processor Fault Codes

Page 1010
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

F 89 18 VPSDATA_CABLE_CAL_EXCEPTION - software error

F 89 23 MODEC_SUPPRESSION EXCEPTION - glitch on suppression bus can cause problem
F 89 25 MODES_SUPPRESSION EXCEPTION - glitch on suppression bus can cause problem
F 89 27 MODEC_EOI_STUCK_EXCEPTION - EOI should transition at end of interrogation
on video bd
F 89 28 DMA_COUNT1_EXCEPTION - too many replies or malfunctioning DMA operation
F 89 29 DMA_COUNT2_EXCEPTION - too many replies or malfunctioning DMA operation
F 89 30 VILIMIT_DEFAULT_EXCEPTION - software error
F 89 31 EEPROM write of video data failed - EEPROM on computer bd not writable
F 89 32 EEPROM read of video data failed - EEPROM on computer bd not readable
F 89 33 VPSDATA_DYN_RANGE_T_EXCEPTION - cable calibration failure on top antenna
caused by dynamic range too low (improperly aligned)
F 89 34 VPSDATA_ZERO_COUNTS_T_EXCEPTION - cable calibration failure on top
antenna caused by too many zero counts (improperly aligned)
F 89 35 VPSDATA_DYN_RANGE_B_EXCEPTION - cable calibration failure on bottom
antenna caused by dynamic range too low (improperly aligned)
F 89 36 VPSDATA_ZERO_COUNTS_B_EXCEPTION - cable calibration failure on bottom
antenna caused by too many zero counts (improperly aligned)

Table 1003 TCAS Processor Fault Codes

D. Using the Diagnostic Computer

(1) To use the diagnostic computer, the 9-pin diagnostic test con-
nector must be installed and accessible in the aircraft.

(2) TPU/TCAS Diagnostic software

(a) TPU Diagnostic/Configuration Module Set-up Software for

TPU 66A unit SW version 01/09 and below is provided on
3.5 inch diskette p/n 222-00359-00() and 5.25 inch dis-
kette p/n 222-00358-00(). TPU diagnostic software must
be loaded onto a diagnostic computer having the require-
ments listed in the TPUDIAG - TPU Field Diagnostic Pro-
gram User Instructions ( DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES). Refer
the instructions on the diskette for operation of the
TPU diagnostic software.

(b) TCAS Diagnostic/Configuration Module Set-up Software

for TPU 66A unit SW version 01/10 and above is provided
on 3.5 inch diskette p/n 222-00386-00().

Page 1011
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

TCAS diagnostic software must be loaded onto a diagnos-

tic computer having the requirements listed in the TCAS-
DIAG - TCAS Field Diagnostic Program User Instructions
( DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES). Refer to the instructions on
the diskette for operation of the TCAS diagnostic soft-
ware.

(c) TCAS Diagnostic/Configuration Module Set-up Software

for TPU 66A unit SW version 01/10 and above is provided
on CD-ROM p/n 222-30003-00(), TCASDIAG for Windows.
TCAS diagnostic software must be loaded onto a diagnos-
tic computer having the requirements listed in the TCAS-
DIAG - TCAS Field Diagnostic Program User Instructions
( DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES). Refer to the instructions on
the CD-ROM for operation of the TCAS diagnostic soft-
ware.

(3) The diagnostic software performs two basic functions:

• Reads and displays the current status of TPU Input Data

• Reads, and writes to disk, contents of the TPU Diagnostic

Log

(4) The following is a sample of the TCAS I Input Data Format.

Page 1012
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(5) Description of TCAS Input Parameters

Mag. Heading (Deg.) displays a digital value between 0.00° and

±180.00° (+ RT). This value should be reasonably stable and
reflect the compass reading in the cockpit.

Heading Status indicates VAL (VALID) or INV (Invalid). A Val-

id indicates all the heading parameters meet the electrical
requirements. An Invalid may indicate an invalid flag; de-
termined by the Analog Flag A 86 or Binary label 014/320 in-
puts. An invalid may also indicate an incorrect 26 v ac 400
hz reference input.

Heading Type (A 23) will indicate either ARINC 429 or synchro

data.

Page 1013
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Enc. Altitude (ft.) Encoding Altitude is a digital value be-

tween -1,000 ft. and 60,000 feet. This value should be rea-
sonably stable and reflect the 29.92" altimeter reading in the
cockpit. Additionally, this value should match the encoded
altitude being broadcast by the transponder. A 127000.00 val-
ue indicates the TPU TCAS processor default value with an In-
valid Gillham input.

Enc. Alt. Status indicates VAL (VALID) or INV (Invalid).

Enc. Alt. type (B 21, 22) will indicate Gillham, ARINC 706
(429), ARINC 575 (419) data, or Invalid.

Enc. Alt Source (B 05) indicates Port #1 or Port #2 as the

source. A GND on pin B 05 will select port #2, otherwise port
#1 is the encoding altitude source.

Pitch (Deg.) displays a digital value between 0.00° and

±180.00° (+ UP). This value should be reasonably stable and
reflect the attitude reading in the cockpit.

Pitch Status indicates VAL (VALID) or INV (Invalid). A Valid

indicates all the pitch attitude parameters meet the electri-
cal requirements. An Invalid may indicate an invalid flag;
determined by the Analog Flag, A 85, or Binary label 324 in-
put. An Invalid may also indicate an incorrect 26 V ac 400
Hz reference input.

Attitude Type (A 24, 25) will indicate "No Attitude", Synchro,

ARINC 429 data, or Invalid. “No Attitude” indicates that no
attitude is available. Any pitch or roll values or flags are
inconsequential to the TPU 66A TCAS processor. Synchro indi-
cates 3-wire ARINC 407 attitude input.

Roll (Deg.) displays a digital value between 0.00° and

±180.00° (+RT Bank). This value should be reasonably stable
and reflect the attitude reading in the cockpit.

Roll Status indicates VAL (VALID) or INV (Invalid). A Valid

indicates all the roll attitude parameters meet the electrical
requirements. An Invalid may indicate an invalid flag; de-
termined by the Analog, A 85, or Binary label 325 input. An
Invalid may also indicate an incorrect 26 Vac 400 Hz reference
input.

Page 1014
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Rad. Alt. (Radio Altitude) is the height above the ground in

feet. This value is usually between -20 ft. and 2,500 ft on
analog systems and up to 4,000 ft. on some digital 429 sys-
tems. The readout will indicate 4,000 ft. (Valid) if the in-
stallation is strapped for NONE (No Radio Altimeter).

Rad. Alt. Status indicates VAL (VALID) or INV (Invalid). A

Valid indicates the selected radio altitude source is valid.
An Invalid may indicate an invalid flag; determined by the
Analog Flag, A 37/39, or ARINC label 164/165 inputs.

Rad. Alt. Type (A 53, 40, 42) will indicate ARINC 429, KRA
405, SPERRY, COLLINS, ARINC 552A data, NONE, or Invalid. This
strapping indication should agree with the voltage scale used
from the radio altitude source; i.e., the KRA 405 has outputs
to match the KING, SPERRY or COLLINS voltage scales. Strap
the TPU 66A for COLLINS when using a Collins (dual slope) out-
put from the KRA 405 unit.

Rad. Alt Source (A 66) indicates Port #1 or Port #2 as the

source. A GND on pin A 66 will select port #2, otherwise port
#1 is the radio altitude source.

Landing Gear (A 21) indicates Extended or Retracted. Extended

is shown when a GND is on the designated pin.

Air/Ground (A 22) also called WOW indicates On-Ground or Air-

borne. On-Ground is shown when a GND is on the designated pin.

Aircraft (Mode S) Address will indicate the ICAO aircraft ad-

dress. If the aircraft is US registered the "N" field will
show the N number. The HEX and Octal values will also be in-
dicated. Insure that these values correspond with the air-
craft being tested.

Airborne Functional Test (A 31) indicates Allowed or Inhibit-

ed. A GND on the designated pin will inhibit airborne func-
tional test (self-test). Typically this strap should be
OPEN.

Range Control (A 15, 16) will indicate 3 miles, 5 miles, 15

miles or Cont Pnl. If Cont Head is indicated, then the FL and
A/B discrete functions are not available, but the remote FT
function remains operational. If 3, 5, or 15 miles is annun-
ciated, then the control unit functions are NOT available. If
a TCAS control unit is installed, then Cont Head should be
annunciated.

Page 1015
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Functional Test (A 20) also called FT will indicate Inactive

or GND to reflect the state of the discrete switch input.

Flight Level (B 92) also called FL will indicate Inactive or

GND to reflect the state of the discrete switch input.

Above/Norm/Below (B 91) also called A/B will indicate Inactive

or GND to reflect the state of the discrete switch input.

Parity State (B 71) indicates OPEN unless the pin is GND’d.

Use this pin to achieve Odd parity when counting the associ-
ated grounded input straps.

Own A/C Sensitivity indicates Standby, A, or B. The processor

determines this value by the state of the radio altitude
height. If No Radio Altimeter is present, then the Landing
Gear position logic determines the sensitivity level. Sensi-
tivity A is when the radio height is less than 2,000 ft. If
No Radio Altitude (NONE Strapping) is indicated, then the
Landing Gear EXTENDED puts the sensitivity level at A. Above
2,000 ft. with a radio altimeter installed or if no RAD ALT
is indicated, then, Landing Gear Retracted will set the sen-
sitivity level to B.

Max. Airspeed (B 74, 75, 76) indicates NO MAX, < 75 kts, 75-
150 kts, 150-300 kts, 300-600 kts, 600-1200 kts, > 1200kts,
or Invalid. The strapping should reflect the aircraft type;
typically turbo-props are 150 to 300 kts and jets are 300 to
600 kts.

Display Intruder Limit (B 77, 78, 79) indicates MAX. (30), 24,
20, 16, 12, 8, 4, MIN. (3). These straps limit the number of
intruders that can be displayed. Typically, radar indicators
are set to Max. (30) and the 3 ATI indicators are set to 12
intruders.

Adv. Inhibits #1 - #2 (A 17, 18) will indicate OPEN when in-

active and GND when the appropriate input is grounded. Typ-
ically, these straps are OPEN except during a GPWS or Wind
Shear inhibit condition.

Audio Tone Enable (A 71) indicates NO (OPEN) or YES (GND).

Typically this strap should be OPEN.

Adv./Ann. Cancel (A 72) indicates NO (OPEN) or YES (GND).

Typically this switch is not used.

Page 1016
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Display All Traffic (A 32) indicates YES (OPEN) or NO (GND).

When this pin is grounded (and other conditions are met) traf-
fic is only displayed during a TA. Typically this strap
should be OPEN.

Ground Display Mode (A33) indicates TA ONLY-OPEN or STANDBY-

GND. If this strap is grounded, TCAS automatically is set to
SBY when on-ground and no traffic can be observed. Typically
this strap should be OPEN.

Air Volume (A 73, 74, 75), SPK Air Audio 1, 2, & 3 (A 79, 80,
81), and PHN Air Audio 1, 2, & 3 will indicate the speaker
audio level strapping in watts. 4, 2, 1, 0.5, 0.25, 0.125,
0.0625 or 8 watts are the values that will be annunciated.
4.0 watts is the default indication if no straps are grounded.
The headphone audio level strapping in milli-Watts (mW) 40,
20, 10, 5, 2.5, 1.25, 100, or 80 mW are the values that will
be annunciated. Forty mW is the default indication if no
straps are grounded. Insure this value agrees with the design
specification.

Ground Volume (A 76, 77, 78) (A 82, 83, 84) the speaker and
headphone audio output levels are the same as listed under Air
Volume above. Insure this value agrees with the design spec-
ification.

TA Flag #1, #2 (A34, 35) and TA/RA Flag #1, #2 (B85, 86) in-
dicates INV (Invalid) when the appropriate pin is invalid or
open and Valid when the input is LO or grounded. At least one
input must be Valid for TCAS to operate (display traffic).

TA Block Transfer (A19) indicates the intruder file format

(BCAS or ARINC 735). If the strap is grounded, TCAS will
transmit intruder information in Honeywell BCAS format. If
the strap is open, TCAS will transmit in ARINC 735 specific
format.

Spare Discrete (A12) is for ATE Test Mode.

Top & Bottom Antenna Elements (J1 - J4) annunciates a HEX val-
ue that indicates the status of the antenna elements. A HEX
value between 72H and 8DH is annunciated if the processor con-
firms the correct directional antenna element resistance. If
ANT 67A directional antennas are installed and a different
value is shown, then the antenna installation must be inspect-
ed to determine the fault.

Page 1017
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

A HEX value between 00H and 0DH is indicated on Bottom ele-

ments J2 - J4 whenever the 50 ohm terminations are correct for
a bottom omni antenna installation. The J1 antenna element
should indicate FFH (Open Circuit) or less than 0DH (50 ohm
load), depending on the type of monopole used. A TCAS tester
is required to verify that the bottom omni TCAS antenna is
transmitting properly.

(6) The TPU Diagnostic Log contains data that is accumulated over
the operating history of the TPU unit. This data is stored
in non- volatile memory and thus is maintained even when TPU
is turned off. Using the TPU Diagnostic Program, the Diag-
nostic Log is read from the TPU and stored in a file for later
viewing, printing, or importing into a spreadsheet.

The Diagnostic Log contains three types of information: unit

configuration information, cumulative operating history, pow-
er cycle log.

(a) Unit Configuration Information: Information contained

in this section includes the unit part number, the unit
serial number, and the software version identification
data.

(b) Cumulative Operating History: This section contains

information that is accumulated over the lifetime of the
TPU unit. This information includes:

1 Current Hobbs Meter: This is the total time that

the unit has been running in terms of hours and
tenths of hours.

2 Minimum Temperature: This is the minimum inter-

nal operating temperature that the TPU unit has
experienced. The Hobbs at Minimum Temperature is
the value of the Hobbs meter when the minimum tem-
perature occurred.

3 Maximum Temperature: This is the maximum internal

operating temperature that the TPU unit has expe-
rienced. The Hobbs at Maximum Temperature is the
value of the Hobbs meter when the maximum temper-
ature occurred.

4 Cumulative Power Cycles: This is the total number

of times that the TPU has been powered on and off.

Page 1018
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

5 Operating Temperature: This is a histogram of in-

ternal temperatures that the TPU has been operat-
ing in. Specifically, it contains the amount of
time that the TPU has operated in each temperature
range. When added together, the operating time
spent in each temperature range will equal the
Current Hobbs Meter.

(c) Power Cycle Log: This section contains information from

the 25 most recent power cycles. A power cycle is mea-
sured from when power is applied to TPU to the time when
it is removed.

Power cycles are printed from the most recent to the

oldest. Information stored in the Diagnostic Log for
each power cycle includes:

1 Hobbs at cold start: This is the value of the

Hobbs meter when the power cycle started. In ad-
dition to this, the internal operating tempera-
ture at cold start is also recorded.

2 Temperature Extremes: Minimum and maximum inter-

nal operating temperatures detected during the
power cycle are recorded. In addition, the Hobbs
Meter value of when these extremes where detected
are also recorded.

3 Functional Test Data: Each time a pilot-selected

functional test is performed, the TPU records in-
formation from the functional test. This infor-
mation includes: the number of functional tests
performed, the internal operating temperature
during the most recent functional test (N/A if no
functional tests have been performed), the Hobbs
Meter value during the most recent functional
test (N/A if no functional tests have been per-
formed).

4 Power Interruption Data: If the TPU experiences

a momentary power interruption (less than 1 sec-
ond), it will record the Hobbs Meter value of the
most recent power interruption and the internal
operating temperature of the most recent power
interruption. If no power interruptions have oc-
curred during the power cycle, then these entries
will be N/A. TPU also keeps track of the number
of power interruptions during the power cycle.

Page 1019
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

5 Power Failure Data: When TPU is turned off (or ex-

ternal power is removed), the TPU will record the
Hobbs meter value at the time of the power failure
and the internal operating temperature.

(d) Fault Data During each power cycle, the TPU will record
the three highest priority failures (if any occurred)
in the Diagnostic Log. The following information is re-
corded for each fault:

1 Description: An English description of the fault

that occurred.

2 Class/Code: The type of fault that occurred as de-

scribed in Table 1003 TCAS Processor Fault Codes.

3 Priority: Priority of the fault.

4 # of Occurrences: The number of times that the

fault occurred.

5 Hobbs at most recent: The Hobbs meter value when

the most recent fault occurred.

6 Temperature at most recent: The internal operat-

ing temperature of the most recent fault.

(7) The following is a sample of the TPU Diagnostic Log Format:

TPU Serial #: Pxxxxx, Tail #: Nxxxxx, S/W ver: 01/11

---------- 05-06-97 ---------- 09:25:00 ----------
DIAGNOSTIC LOG DUMP:
--------------------
Unit Configuration:
-------------------
Unit KPN: 066-01145-0101
Unit Serial#: 1003
EEPROM Unit Config Checksum: 167
Software MOD: 206-00291-xxxx
Software Version: TPU 66A Ver x.xx
CUMULATIVE DATA
---------------
Current Hobbs Meter : 24.9 hrs
Minimum Temp. Experienced: 27 C
Hobbs at Minimum Temp. : 19.7 hrs
Maximum Temp. Experienced: 49 C

Page 1020
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Hobbs at Maximum Temp. : 17.7 hrs

Cumulative Power Cycles : 62
Operating Temperature
---------------------
< -65 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -65 C to < -55 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -55 C to < -45 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -45 C to < -35 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -35 C to < -25 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -25 C to < -15 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -15 C to < -5 C : 0.0 hrs
>= -5 C to < 5 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 5 C to < 15 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 15 C to < 25 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 25 C to < 35 C : 0.5 hrs
>= 35 C to < 45 C : 5.1 hrs
>= 45 C to < 55 C : 18.5 hrs
>= 55 C to < 65 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 65 C to < 75 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 75 C to < 85 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 85 C to < 95 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 95 C to < 105 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 105 C to < 115 C : 0.0 hrs
>= 115 C : 0.0 hrs
POWER CYCLE LOG (newest to oldest)
----------------------------------
POWER CYCLE RECORD #1
----------------------
Cold Start : 0.5 hrs / 44 C
Min. Temp. : 0.5 hrs / 44 C
Max. Temp. : 0.9 hrs / 49 C
# Func. Tst. : 0
# Pwr Int. : 0
Power Fail : 0.9 hrs / 46 C
Fault Data
----------
Fault 1 -- F 02 04, priority 1, 1 occurrence
Description : Attitude - Roll failure
Hobbs / Temp. : 0.9 hrs / 48 C (most recent)
Aircraft was : Airborne (with landing gear retracted)
Altitude : 2000 (to nearest 1000 ft)
Rad Altitude : 0 (to nearest 100 ft) -- Usable
Fault 2 -- F 02 05, priority 1, 1 occurrence
Description : Attitude - Pitch failure
Hobbs / Temp. : 0.9 hrs / 48 C (most recent)
Aircraft was : Airborne (with landing gear retracted)
Altitude : 2000 (to nearest 1000 ft)

Page 1021
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Rad Altitude : 0 (to nearest 100 ft) -- Usable

Fault 3 -- F 02 02, priority 1, 1 occurrence

Description : Bottom Antenna Failure
Hobbs / Temp. : 0.9 hrs / 48 C (most recent)
Aircraft was : Airborne (with landing gear retracted)
Altitude : 2000 (to nearest 1000 ft)
Rad Altitude : 0 (to nearest 100 ft) -- Usable

POWER CYCLE RECORD #3

----------------------
Cold Start : 0.0 hrs / 43 C
Min. Temp. : 0.1 hrs / 42 C
Max. Temp. : 0.2 hrs / 48 C
# Func. Tst. : 0
# Pwr Int. : 0
Power Fail : 0.3 hrs / 44 C
Fault Data
----------
No faults in this power cycle

Page 1022
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
1. General

The purpose of this section is to provide service personnel with instal-

lation and maintenance information pertaining to the Honeywell TCAS sys-
tems. The information pertains to the following TCAS I CAS 66A components
shown in Figure 2001 Minimum TCAS I CAS 66A Equipment Set and Options:

• TCAS Processor
• CP 66A / CP 66B TCAS I Control Unit
• KFS 578A TCAS/Mode S Control Unit
• PS-578A TCAS/Mode S Control Unit
• PS-550 TCAS/Mode S Control Unit
• CD 671C TCAS/Transponder Control Unit
• ANT 67A Directional Antenna
• TCAS L-band Omnidirectional Antenna
• TID 66A/66D Traffic Display
• IVA 81A / IVA 81C / IVA 81D TA/VSI
• EFIS Display
• Radar Display
• GC 362A TCAS Graphics Unit
• Symbol Generator
• RMU 555 Radio Management System
Maintenance information for the GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor and the
associated radar systems are described in separate manuals. (Refer to
Table 36 Related Publications.)

Installation and maintenance information for the combination TCAS/tran-

sponder control units and associated equipment are described in the ap-
plicable Mode S Transponder manual.

Installation instructions are supported by mechanical outline drawings and

electrical interconnection drawings. These drawings should be reviewed
by the installing agency. The requirements peculiar to the particular
airframe should be established before the TCAS installation is begun.

CAUTION: ANY AND ALL TCAS INSTALLATIONS SHOULD INCLUDE A BEARING ACCURACY
TEST USING A RAMP TESTER. THIS TEST IS REQUIRED REGARDLESS OF
THE NUMBER OF IDENTICAL TCAS INSTALLATIONS PRECEDING THE CUR-
RENT ONE.

Figure 2001 Minimum TCAS I CAS 66A Equipment Set and Options shows the
TCAS I CAS 66A units required to meet minimum system requirements and shows
optional units that can augment or replace the minimum system units.

Page 2001
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2001 Minimum TCAS I CAS 66A Equipment Set and Options

Page 2002
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

2. Unpacking

Use care when unpacking the TCAS components. Open shipping cartons and
carefully remove all items. Check the contents to ensure that all items
identified on the packing list are included. Visually inspect each com-
ponent for damage incurred during shipment; i.e., inspect for dents, deep
abrasions, chipped paint, etc. If any component is damaged, notify the
transportation carrier immediately.

3. Preinstallation Testing

The components of the TCAS system have all been adjusted and tested before
shipment. Therefore, pre-installation testing is not required. If pre-
installation bench testing of the units is desired, reference should be
made to bench test section of the maintenance manual for the appropriate
unit. Refer to Table 36 Related Publications for a list of maintenance
manuals.

4. Equipment Changes and Markings

Honeywell Aerospace uses a standardized marking system to provide a means

of identifying equipment that has changes incorporated. Refer to the Pub-
lication Index for a list of Service Bulletins affecting the various units
in the TCAS systems.

5. Installation Planning

A. General

The following paragraphs contain information pertaining to the ini-

tial installation of TCAS and provide instructions concerning the
location and mounting of the various components of the system. Fig-
ure 2001 Minimum TCAS I CAS 66A Equipment Set and Options in this
section shows the relationship of system component interconnects.

The TCAS system should be installed in the aircraft in a manner con-

sistent with acceptable workmanship and engineering practices and
according to the instructions set forth in this publication.

The TCAS processor is designed to operate without forced air cooling

as long as there is adequate free air movement around it on all
sides.

It is recommended that any enclosed compartment housing a TCAS pro-

cessor be vented to allow free air flow.

Page 2003
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

The installer should make a thorough visual inspection and perform

the post-installation and operational checks of the system to ensure
that the system has been properly and safely installed in the air-
craft.

CAUTION: AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE CABLING AND BEFORE INSTALLATION

OF THE EQUIPMENT, A CHECK SHOULD BE MADE WITH AIRCRAFT
PRIMARY POWER SUPPLIED TO THE UNIT CONNECTORS TO ENSURE
THAT POWER IS APPLIED ONLY TO THE PINS SPECIFIED IN THE
INTERWIRING DIAGRAMS (see Figure 2027 TPU 66A Intercon-
nect Drawing Family).

B. Location of Equipment

(1) TCAS Antenna Location

NOTE: The following antenna location procedure is provid-

ed for guidance purposes and to outline a method of
achieving certifiable system performance.

The CAS 66A system uses a top-mounted directional antenna and

either a bottom-mounted directional or an L-band omnidirec-
tional antenna. Refer to Figure 2016 ANT 67A Directional An-
tenna Outline Drawing. Mounting the directional antenna MUST
include the appropriate mounting adapter for curved surfaces,
to insure acceptable bearing accuracy. Refer to Figure 2013
ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter and Moldable Shim and Fig-
ure 2016 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline Drawing for
mounting adapter information.

NOTE: TCAS requires that the antenna installation guide-

lines be followed. Adherence to these guidelines
will assure that critical specifications are con-
sidered. Optimum bearing accuracy can be achieved
by following these directions.

Antenna locations should be chosen so that both antennas ap-

pear to be at the same range and bearing from the interroga-
tor.

The centerline of the top and bottom-mounted TCAS antenna

should be located as close as possible to the aircraft cen-
terline.

Refer to Figure 2016 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline Draw-

ing for airframe radius, directional antenna adapter plate
part numbers, and maximum distance from airframe centerline
information.

Page 2004
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

The top directional TCAS antenna MUST be the most forward an-
tenna and as far forward on the constant radius portion of the
fuselage as possible. Obstructions and ground plane discon-
tinuities, such as door hatches, cowlings, and unriveted air-
frame skin overlaps must be at least 18 inches from the near-
est edge of the TCAS antenna. Other antenna, particularly
high profile and L-band transponder antennas, cannot be lo-
cated in front of or within 30 inches (edge to edge) of the
top-mounted TCAS directional antenna. This will ensure a min-
imum of 20 dB of isolation at 1090 MHz, while minimizing far-
field path distortion in the forward quadrants.

Except for the above mentioned requirements, location of the

CAS 66A equipment is not critical and may vary with different
aircraft types, provided that the environment is compatible
with that to which the equipment was designed.

Care should be taken to avoid mounting the components near

equipment operating with high pulse current or high power out-
puts, such as radar and satellite communications equipment.

The equipment should be installed in a location convenient for

operation, inspection and maintenance, and in an area free
from excessive vibration, heat, and noise-generating sources.

NOTE: There may be cases in which the above mentioned in-

stallation requirements are impractical or impos-
sible to meet. Variations in TCAS antenna location
and installation may be necessary; modifications,
other than drilling mounting holes, by the install-
er to the original configuration of the Honeywell
Aerospace antenna adapter plate is not recommended;
additionally it is the responsibility of the in-
stallation agency to ensure that requirements are
achieved.

NOTE: Transponders that do not meet the requirements of

DO 181A for TCAS must have at least 40 dB of iso-
lation between the TCAS antenna and the transponder
antenna. This is approximately eight feet. Check
with the manufacturer of the transponder for com-
pliance with the DO 181A specifications.

(2) TCAS Processor Location

Care should be exercised to avoid mounting the components near

equipment operating with high pulse current or high power out-
puts such as radar and satellite communications equipment.

Page 2005
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

The equipment should be installed in a location convenient for

operation, inspection, and maintenance, and in an area free
from excessive vibration, heat, and noise generating sources.

Length of cables from the TCAS processor mounting tray con-

nector to other system units, except for the TCAS antennas is
not critical. TCAS unit interfaces are designed with high
impedance inputs, low impedance outputs, and low noise sus-
ceptibility characteristics. Air space should be provided be-
tween and around the unit. Refer to Figure 2014 TPU 66A TCAS
I Processor Outline Drawing for TCAS processor dimensions.

Diagnostic and Recording Test connections should be conve-

niently accessible for system testing and fault isolation.
These test connections should be available inside the cabin
to accommodate any flight test or system troubleshooting re-
quirements.

NOTE: Refer to interwiring diagrams Figure 2027 TPU 66A

Interconnect Drawing Family and paragraph 5.C. (5)
Antenna Cable Type Selection for TCAS processor to
antenna wiring particulars and interconnects.

(3) Display Units

The display units are normally mounted in the instrument panel

in front of the primary viewer to provide maximum visibility.
There should be adequate space on all sides of the installed
display units for ventilation.

Outline drawings for the TCAS traffic display are shown in

Figure 2017 TID 66A TCAS I Dedicated Display Outline Drawing,
Figure 2018 TID 66D TCAS I Dedicated Display Outline Drawing,
Figure 2019 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI) Outline Drawing, Figure 2020
IVA 81C (TCAS) Outline Drawing, or Figure 2021 IVA 81D (TCAS)
Outline Drawing.

NOTE: Installation instructions for the TCAS/Weather Ra-

dar display are contained in separate system main-
tenance manual listed in the SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
section of this manual.

Page 2006
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(4) Control Units

The TCAS control unit is usually mounted within easy reach of

the flight crew. Outline drawings for the TCAS control units
are shown in Figure 2015 CP 66A / CP66B TCAS Control Unit Out-
line Drawing, Figure 2022 CD 671C TCAS I/Transponder Control
Unit Outline Drawing, Figure 2023 KFS 578A Control Unit Out-
line Drawing, Figure 2024 PS-578A Control Unit Outline Draw-
ing, and Figure 2025 PS-550 Control Unit Outline Drawing. See
also the SYSTEM DESCRIPTION section of this manual.

NOTE: Installation instructions for the combination TCAS/

Transponder control units are contained in a sepa-
rate manual listed in SYSTEM DESCRIPTION of this
manual.

(5) TCAS Graphics Processor

The graphics processor unit should be installed in a location

providing accessibility for inspection and maintenance. The
area should be free from excessive vibration, heat, and noise
generating sources.

C. Interwiring and Cable Fabrication

(1) General

Cabling must be fabricated according to the interwiring dia-

grams (see Figure 2027 TPU 66A Interconnect Drawing Family).
The length of the wires to parallel pins should be approxi-
mately the same length, so that the best distribution of cur-
rent can be effected. Honeywell Aerospace recommends that all
wires shown on the interwiring diagram, including spares, be
included in the fabricated harness. However, if full wiring
is not desired, the installer should ensure that the minimum
wiring requirements for the features and functions to be used
are incorporated.

Wires for optional functions are shown on the interwiring di-

agrams. The actual use of these wires will depend upon the
installation, customer requirements and capability of the
units installed.

When the cables are installed in the aircraft, they must be

supported firmly enough to prevent movement and should be
carefully protected against chafing. Additional protection
should also be provided in all locations where the cables may
be subject to abuse.

Page 2007
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

In wire bundles, the cabling should not be tied tightly to-

gether as this tends to increase the possibility of noise
pickup and similar interference. When routing cables through
the airframe, the cables should cross high-level lines at a
right angle.

The installer must be knowledgeable of any system variations

peculiar to the installation such as system strapping require-
ments described in paragraph 5. D. Wire Strapping Options.
Furthermore, the installer should use ARINC Characteristic
735 as a guide and reference throughout the fabrication and
installation of the cabling in the aircraft.

Notes on the interwiring diagrams describe wire sizes and oth-

er particulars related to CAS system interwiring. Antenna ca-
bling has unique requirements described in paragraph 5.C. (5)
Antenna Cable Type Selection.

(2) Interface Capability and Requirements

Refer to the SYSTEM DESCRIPTION section of this manual for the

types of external avionics equipment that can be connected to
TCAS and describe the types of signals. Determine the types
of aircraft equipment to be connected to TCAS.

(3) Primary Power and Circuit Breaker Requirements

The TCAS system operates primarily from the aircraft’s 28 V

dc power system. The displays use 5 V 400 Hz, 5 V dc or 28 V
dc lighting power. A 26 V 400 Hz input is provided for ref-
erence for the synchro-to-digital converters. Power dissipa-
tion varies with the system configuration.

Power connections are shown in interwiring diagrams, refer to

Figure 2027 TPU 66A Interconnect Drawing Family. Circuit
breaker requirements for each component and wire sizes are
also defined.

(4) Suppression Pulse Requirements and Wiring

Connections for the suppression pulse from the TCAS processor

(see Figure 2033 Antenna/Suppression Interface Drawing) are
dependent on aircraft equipment and wiring.

Typically, the suppression pin is connected from the TCAS pro-

cessor to the suppression inputs on the L-band equipment
(i.e., transponder and DME equipment).

Page 2008
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(5) Antenna Cable Type Selection

NOTE: Always check the following information in conjunc-

tion with information on a particular aircraft in-
terwiring diagram.

The following TCAS processor-to-antenna cable installation

requirements must be adhered to:

(a) The total dB loss in any of the coaxial cable runs and
associated interconnects between the TCAS Processor and
each antenna port connector must not be less than 2 dB
and must not be greater than 3 dB at 1030 MHz.

(b) The electrical lengths of the four coax cables for ei-
ther the top or the bottom directional antennas must
match to within 135° .

(c) The VSWR ratio must be less than 1.35:1.

The round-trip (receive/transmit) delay imposed by any

individual cable run and associated interconnects be-
tween the TCAS processor and top antenna as opposed to
the round-trip (receive/transmit) delay imposed by any
cable run and interconnects between the TCAS processor
and the bottom antenna must be seen by the TCAS as an
effective delay difference of less than 50 nanoseconds.

Before selecting the type of TCAS processor-to-antenna

coaxial cable and the connectors required, the install-
er must determine the length of the coax cable. First,
identify the antenna mounting location and the proces-
sor mounting location. Then determine the cable routing
between the TCAS Processor rear connector and the four
rf connectors on the directional antenna. The four ca-
bles to a directional antenna should follow the same
routing paths and have the same number of disconnects
per path.

Once the physical length of the cables to the top and

bottom antenna has calculated, the coax cable type can
be determined. The dB loss limitations for the cable
assemblies must meet the 2.5 dB ±0.5 dB requirement and
not exceed the 50 nanosecond maximum delay difference
requirement between the top and bottom antenna cable
runs. After the coax cable type is known, the coax con-
nector type can be determined.

Page 2009
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

The specifications for the coax cables requires very ex-

acting procedures and an expensive network analyzer to
test the necessary parameters. Experience indicates
that it is best to buy prefab coax cable assemblies for
the TCAS directional antenna. These cables will provide
the highest level of confidence for maintaining the re-
quired specifications. Several fabricators of the coax
cables for TCAS antennas are available. For additional
information see the SYSTEM DESCRIPTION section of this
manual.

(6) Connectors

Mating connectors for the TCAS units are identified on the

applicable outline drawing. Associated connector kits are
specified in 5. TCAS CAS 66A Installation Kits.

(a) TCAS Processor Connectors

The TPU 66A mounted connector mates with a low-inser-

tion-force, ARINC 404 connector with polarization pro-
jections that prevent improper connector insertion.
The mating connector has six Size A shells. Four Size
A shells have 2 Size 1 RF coax contacts each and two of
the Size A shells have 106 No. 22 contacts (like DPX
106).

This mating connector is specified in Figure 2014 TPU

66A TCAS I Processor Outline Drawing and is part of the
TCAS processor mounting tray.

The rear connector, shown in Figure 2014 TPU 66A TCAS I

Processor Outline Drawing, is divided into six sec-
tions. System interwiring diagrams, see Figure 2027 TPU
66A Interconnect Drawing Family, define the external
inputs to each pin of the six plug sections. The SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION section describes the signals.

Page 2010
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2002 TPU 66A TCAS Processor Rear Connector

Page 2011
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Connector P66A1 Insert A

PIN SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION
A 001 GND Plane Input Ground
A 002 GND Plane Input Ground
A 003 GND Plane Input Ground
A 004 GND Plane Input Ground
A 005 +28 V dc Aircraft PWR Input Power
A 006 +28 V dc Aircraft PWR Input Power
A 007 +28 V dc Aircraft PWR Input Power
A 008 +28 V dc Aircraft PWR Input Power
A 009 GND Plane Input Ground
A 010 GND Plane Input Ground
A 011 ON(x) Input Discrete
A 012* ATE Test Mode Input Discrete (Reserved)
A 013 Suppression I/O Suppression Signal
A 014 N/C Reserved
A 015* Range Cntl 1 Program Pin

A 016* Range Cntl 2 Program Pin

A 017* ADV Inhibit 1(x) Input Discrete

A 018* ADV Inhibit 2(x) Input Discrete

A 019* TA/RA Block XFER Input Discrete

A 020* Function Test(x) Input Discrete

A 021* Landing Gear Input Discrete

A 022* Air/GND(x) Input Discrete

A 023* Heading Type Program Pin

A 024* Attitude Type 1 Program Pin

A 025* Attitude Type 2 Program Pin

A 026* ALT Limit 80 Program Pin (Reserved)

A 027* ALT Limit 40 Program Pin (Reserved)

* Diode protected
(x) = ground active

Table 2001 TPU 66A TCAS Processor Rear Interconnects

(Sheet 1 of 9)

Page 2012
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Connector P66A1 Insert A

PIN SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION
A 028* ALT Limit 20 Program Pin (Reserved)

A 029* ALT Limit 320 Program Pin (Reserved)

A 030* ALT Limit 160 Program Pin (Reserved)

A 031* Inhibit Function Test Program Pin

A 032* Display All Traffic Program Pin

A 033* GND Display Mode Program Pin

A 034* TA Valid #1 Input Discrete

A 035* TA Valid #2 Input Discrete

A 036 Radio Alt #1 + Input Signal
A 037*$ Rad Alt Val #1 Input Signal
A 038 Radio Alt #1 - Input Signal
A 039*$ Rad Alt Val #2 Input Signal

A 040* Rad Alt Type 2 Program Pin

A 041* Gil Alt 1 - D4 Input Signal

A 042* Rad Alt Type 3 Program Pin

A 043* Gil Alt 2 - B2 Input Signal

A 044* Gil Alt 1 - A2 Input Signal

A 045* Gil Alt 1 - A4 Input Signal

A 046* Gil Alt 1 - B1 Input Signal

A 047* Gil Alt 1 - B2 Input Signal

A 048* Gil Alt 1 - B4 Input Signal

A 049* Gil Alt 1 - C1 Input Signal

A 050* Gil Alt 1 - C2 Input Signal

A 051* Gil Alt 1 - C4 Input Signal

A 052* Gil Alt 1 - D2 Input Signal

A 053* Rad Alt Type 1 Program Pin

* Diode protected
(x) = ground active
$ Valid = 28 VDC

Table 2001 TPU 66A TCAS Processor Rear Interconnects

(Sheet 2)

Page 2013
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Connector P66A1 Insert A

PIN SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION
A 054* Gil Alt 2 - A1 Input Signal

A 055* Gil Alt 2 - A2 Input Signal

A 056* Gil Alt 2 - A4 Input Signal

A 057* Gil Alt 2 - B1 Input Signal

A 058* Gil Alt 1 - A1 Input Signal

A 059* Gil Alt 2 - B4 Input Signal

A 060* Gil Alt 2 - C1 Input Signal

A 061* Gil Alt 2 - C2 Input Signal

A 062* Gil Alt 2 - C4 Input Signal

A 063* Gil Alt 2 - D2 Input Signal

A 064* Gil Alt 2 - D4 Input Signal

A 065* Radio Alt #2 + Input Signal

A 066* Rad Alt Source 1/2(x) Input Source Select

A 067 SPK Hi Output Signal 8 Ω
A 068 SPK Lo Output Signal 8 Ω
A 069 PH Hi Output Signal 600 Ω
A 070 PH Lo Output Signal 600 Ω
A 071* Audio Tone Enable Program Pin

A 072* ADV/Annun Cancel Input Discrete

A 073* SPK Air Aud 1 Program Pin

A 074* SPK Air Aud 2 Program Pin

A 075* SPK Air Aud 3 Program Pin

A 076* SPK GND Aud 1 Program Pin

A 077* SPK GND Aud 2 Program Pin

A 078* SPK GND Aud 3 Program Pin

A 079* PHN Air Aud 1 Program Pin

A 080* PHN Air Aud 2 Program Pin

* Diode protected
(x) = ground active

Table 2001 TPU 66A TCAS Processor Rear Interconnects

(Sheet 3)

Page 2014
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Connector P66A1 Insert A

PIN SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION
A 081* PHN Air Aud 3 Program Pin

A 082* PHN GND Aud 1 Program Pin

A 083* PHN GND Aud 2 Program Pin

A 084* PHN GND Aud 3 Program Pin

A 085*$ Attitude Valid Input Signal

A 086*$ Heading Valid Input Signal

A 087 VIS Annun Traffic Output Signal
A 088 Programmable Output Output (Reserved)
A 089 TCAS Valid Output Discrete
A 090 TA Aural Traffic Output Signal
A 091 Attitude Pitch X Input Signal 50 kΩ
A 092 Attitude Pitch Y Input Signal 50 kΩ
A 093 Attitude Pitch Z Input Signal 50 kΩ
A 094 Attitude Roll X Input Signal 50 kΩ
A 095 Attitude Roll Y Input Signal 50 kΩ
A 096 Attitude Roll Z Input Signal 50 kΩ
A 097 Attitude H Input Signal 50 kΩ
A 098* INC Climb INH 1 Input Discrete (Reserved)

A 099* INC Climb INH 2 Input Discrete (Reserved)

A 100* INC Climb INH 3 Input Discrete (Reserved)

A 101* INC Climb INH 4 Input Discrete (Reserved)

A 102* Mode S Add 01 Program Pin

A 103* Mode S Add 02 Program Pin

A 104* Mode S Add 03 Program Pin

A 105* Mode S Add 04 Program Pin

A 106* Mode S Add 05 Program Pin

* Diode protected
(x) = ground active
$ Valid = 28 VDC

Table 2001 TPU 66A TCAS Processor Rear Interconnects

(Sheet 4)

Page 2015
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Connector P66A1 Insert B

PIN SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION
B 001 TCAS 232 TX Diagnostic Function
B 002 RS 422 DAT + Recorder Function
B 003 RS 422 DAT - Recorder Function
B 004 RS 422 CLK + Recorder Function
B 005* Baro Alt Source 1/2 Input Source Select
B 006 TA Display Enable Output Discrete
B 007 CNTL HD 1 RX B Input 429 Control
B 008 ATE A2 ATE Test Function
B 009 ATE A1 ATE Test Function
B 010 ATE A0 ATE Test Function
B 011 ATE D6 ATE Test Function
B 012 ATE D4 ATE Test Function
B 013 RS 422CLK - Recorder Function
B 014 HS SPR 429 TX A Output 429 Signal
B 015 HS SPR 429 TX B Output 429 Signal
B 016 TA/RA TX 1B Output 429 Signal
B 017 ATE D1 ATE Test Function
B 018 ATE D0 ATE Test Function
B 019 Radio Alt #2 Input Signal
B 020 Heading C Input Signal
B 021 Baro Alt Type 1 Program Pin
B 022 Baro Alt Type 2 Program Pin
B 023 ATE D7 ATE Test Function
B 024 ATE D5 ATE Test Function
B 025 ATE D3 ATE Test Function
B 026 CNTL HD TX A Output 429 Control
B 027 CNTL HD TX B Output 429 Control
* Diode protected
(x) = ground active

Table 2001 TPU 66A TCAS Processor Rear Interconnects

(Sheet 5)

Page 2016
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Connector P66A1 Insert B

PIN SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION
B 028 TA/RA TX 2A Output 429 Signal
B 029 TA/RA TX 2B Output 429 Signal
B 030 TA/RA TX 1A Output 429 Signal
B 031 ATE D2 ATE Test Function
B 032 GND Plane Input Ground
B 033 RA 429 TX 2A Output Signal (Reserved)
B 034 RA 429 TX 2B Output Signal (Reserved)
B 035 RA 429 RX 1A Input Signal (Reserved)
B 036 RA 429 RX 1B Input Signal (Reserved)
B 037 Fan On Output Signal (Reserved)
B 038* Mode S Add 06 Program Pin

B 039* Mode S Add 07 Program Pin

B 040 Rad Altim 1A Input 429 Signal
B 041 Rad Altim 1B Input 429 Signal
B 042 Rad Altim 2A Input 429 Signal
B 043 Rad Altim 2B Input 429 Signal
B 044* Mode S Add 08 Program Pin

B 045* Mode S Add 09 Program Pin

B 046* Mode S Add 10 Program Pin

B 047* Mode S Add 11 Program Pin

B 048* Mode S Add 12 Program Pin

B 049* Mode S Add 13 Program Pin

B 050* Mode S Add 14 Program Pin

B 051* Mode S Add 15 Program Pin

B 052* Mode S Add 16 Program Pin

B 053 ATE CLK ATE Test Function
* Diode protected
(x) = ground active

Table 2001 TPU 66A TCAS Processor Rear Interconnects

(Sheet 6)

Page 2017
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Connector P66A1 Insert B

PIN SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION
B 054 XPDR TX 2A Output Signal (Reserved)
B 055 CNTL HD 1 RX A Input 429 Control
B 056 XPDR TX 2B Output Signal (Reserved)
B 057 GND Plane Input Ground
B 058 DIS Output 1 Output (Reserved)
B 059 CALENB (Cal Enable) ATE Test Function
B 060* Mode S Add 17 Program Pin

B 061* Mode S Add 18 Program Pin

B 062* Mode S Add 19 Program Pin

B 063* Mode S Add 20 Program Pin

B 064* Mode S Add 21 Program Pin

B 065* Mode S Add 22 Program Pin

B 066 TCAS 232 RX Diagnostic Function
B 067 XPDR TX 1A Output Signal (Reserved)
B 068 XPDR TX 1B Output Signal (Reserved)
B 069 CNTL HD 2 RX A Input 429 Control
B 070 CNTL HD 2 RX B Input 429 Control
B 071* Parity Pin Program Pin

B 072* Mode S Add 23 Program Pin

B 073* Mode S Add 24 Program Pin

B 074* Max Airspeed A Program Pin

B 075* Max Airspeed B Program Pin

B 076* Max Airspeed C Program Pin

B 077* Display Intruder Limit 1 Program Pin

B 078* Display Intruder Limit 2 Program Pin

B 079* Display Intruder Limit 3 Program Pin

B 080 XPONDER RCV 1A Input Signal (Reserved)
* Diode protected
(x) = ground active

Table 2001 TPU 66A TCAS Processor Rear Interconnects

(Sheet 7)

Page 2018
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Connector P66A1 Insert B

PIN SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION
B 081 XPONDER RCV 1B Input Signal (Reserved)
B 082 XPONDER RCV 2A Input Signal (Reserved)
B 083 XPONDER RCV 2B Input Signal (Reserved)
B 084 Baro Alt1 A Input 429 Signal
B 085 RA Valid #1 Input Discrete (Reserved)
B 086 RA Valid #2 Input Discrete (Reserved)
B 087* Climb Inh 1 Input Discrete (Reserved)

B 088* Climb Inh 2 Input Discrete (Reserved)

B 089* Climb Inh 3 Input Discrete (Reserved)

B 090 Climb Inh 4 Input Discrete (Reserved)
B 091* ABV/BLW/NORM Input Discrete

B 092* Flight Level Input Discrete

B 093 HDG/ATT 1B Input 429 Signal
B 094 Baro Alt 1B Input 429 Signal
B 095 Baro Alt 2A Input 429 Signal
B 096 Baro Alt 2B Input 429 Signal
B 097 HDG/ATT 1A Input 429 Signal
B 098 GND Plane Input Ground
B 099 Term RDY Diagnostic Function
B 100 TCAS 232 RDY Diagnostic Function
B 101 Attitude C Input Signal 50 kΩ
B 102 Heading H Input Signal 50 kΩ
B 103 Heading Y Input Signal 50 kΩ
B 104 Heading X Input Signal 50 kΩ
B 105 Heading Z Input Signal 50 kΩ
B 106 DIS Output 2 Output (Reserved)
* Diode protected
(x) = ground active

Table 2001 TPU 66A TCAS Processor Rear Interconnects

(Sheet 8)

Page 2019
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Connector P66A2
COAX # SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION
A1 Top Directional Antenna J1 Input Signal
A2 Bottom Omni/or Directional Antenna J1 Input Signal
B1 Top Directional Antenna J2 Input Signal
B2 Bottom Directional Antenna J2 Input Signal
C1 Top Directional Antenna J3 Input Signal
C2 Bottom Directional Antenna J3 Input Signal
D1 Top Directional Antenna J4 Input Signal
D2 Bottom Directional Antenna J4 Input Signal
* Diode protected
(x) = ground active

Table 2001 TPU 66A TCAS Processor Rear Interconnects

(Sheet 9)

Page 2020
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(b) Directional Antenna Connectors

Four coaxial cables using TNC connectors connect the di-

rectional antenna connectors A1 through D2 to the TCAS
processor. See Figure 2016 ANT 67A Directional Antenna
Outline Drawing, Figure 2033 Antenna/Suppression Inter-
face Drawing, and paragraph 6. B. TCAS Directional An-
tenna Installation for particulars.

(c) 3ATI Traffic Display Connectors

The pneumatic and electrical connectors for the IVA 81A

/ IVA 81C / IVA 81D (TA/VSI) are mounted on the rear
panel of the units as shown in Figure 2004 IVA 81A/B/C/
D & TID 66A/D Traffic Display Pin I/O. The electrical
connector is the same for the TID 66A/66D traffic dis-
play unit. The pneumatic connector, used only on the
IVA 81A / IVA 81C / IVA 81D, attaches to a pneumatic
tube from a static pressure source in the aircraft. The
41-pin electrical connector connects to the TCAS pro-
cessor, aircraft power sources, and configuration
straps. The TA/VSI can also connect to various analog
or digital vertical rate sources, if the pneumatic input
is not used.

Electrical connector keying on units powered by 115 V

400 Hz is different from keying on units powered by 28
V dc to preclude inadvertent installation of an improper
unit. Keying is also different among those 28 V dc
units designed for 5 V ac or dc panel lighting and those
designed for 28 V dc panel lighting.

The pins and abbreviated signal names for the electrical

connector are shown in Figure 2004 IVA 81A/B/C/D & TID
66A/D Traffic Display Pin I/O and Table 2002 TA/VSI IVA
81A/B/C/D & TA TID 66A/66D Pin Names. The interwiring
diagrams, Figure 2035 TCAS I Dedicated Traffic Display
Interface Drawing and Figure 2041 TA/RA Display (ARINC
429 High Speed) Interface Drawing. Outline drawings,
Figure 2017 TID 66A TCAS I Dedicated Display Outline
Drawing, Figure 2018 TID 66D TCAS I Dedicated Display
Outline Drawing, Figure 2019 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI) Out-
line Drawing, Figure 2020 IVA 81C (TCAS) Outline Draw-
ing, and Figure 2021 IVA 81D (TCAS) Outline Drawing pro-
vide connector part numbers and additional information.

Page 2021
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2003 TA/VSI Traffic Display Rear Connector Locations

Page 2022
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2004 IVA 81A/B/C/D & TID 66A/D Traffic Display Pin I/O

Page 2023
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

40 H or + I 115 V 400 HZ or 28 V dc
23 C or - I (based on unit part number)
22 CHASSIS GROUND O TA/VSI CASE GROUND
39 dc COMMON O GROUND
25 HI I REMOTE LIGHT SENSOR
24 LO I INPUT
10 H I DIMMING POWER INPUT
9 C I 5 V ac, 5 V dc, or 28 V dc
27 A I DIGITAL PRIMARY
12 B I VERTICAL SPEED INPUT (#1) LOW SPEED/HIGH
SPEED 429 ADC/IRS
8 +28 Vdc/OPEN I VERTICAL SPEED VALID INPUT ADC/IRS,
ARINC 565, 575
30 A I DIGITAL SECONDARY
14 B I VERTICAL SPEED INPUT (#2) LOW SPEED/HIGH
SPEED 429 ADC/IRS
4 HI I ARINC 565
6 LO I VERTICAL SPEED INPUT
5 H I 26 V ac REFERENCE
16 C I 26 V ac REFERENCE
1 + V dc REF. I ARINC 575 ANALOG INPUT
3 - V dc REF. I
2 dc RATE SIGNAL I
26 A I TCAS DATA INPUT
11 B I HIGH SPEED 429
29 OPEN/GROUND (VALID=GROUND) 0 DISPLAY STATUS OUTPUT

Table 2002 TA/VSI IVA 81A/B/C/D & TA TID 66A/66D Pin Names
(Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 2024
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

20 28 VDC/Gnd Open I SOURCE SELECT STRAP #2
19 SPARE
18 N.C.
41 OPEN/GND (TEST) I LAMP TEST
15 O STRAP COMMON
31 GND/OPEN I SOURCE SELECT STRAP #1
28 A O ALTITUDE RATE OUTPUT
13 B O LOW SPEED ARINC 429
7 A I RESERVED INPUT
21 B I LOW SPEED ARINC 429
32 CS0I BIT 0 CONFIGURATION STRAP
33 CS1I BIT 1 CONFIGURATION STRAP
34 CS2I BIT 2 CONFIGURATION STRAP
17 CS3I BIT 3 CONFIGURATION STRAP
35 CS4I BIT 4 CONFIGURATION STRAP
36 CS5I BIT 5 CONFIGURATION STRAP
37 CS6I BIT 6 CONFIGURATION STRAP
38 CS7I BIT 7 CONFIGURATION STRAP
19 CS8I BIT 8 CONFIGURATION STRAP
NOTE: For additional connector pin information see Figure 2035 TCAS I Dedicated Traffic
Display Interface Drawing and Figure 2041 TA/RA Display (ARINC 429 High Speed) Interface
Drawing.

Table 2002 TA/VSI (IVA 81A/B/C/D) & TID 66A/66D Traffic Display Pin Names
(Sheet 2)

(d) TCAS Control Unit Connectors

The electrical connector for the CP 66A / CP 66B control

unit is mounted on the rear panel of the unit. The con-
nector is shown in Figure 2005 CP 66A / CP 66B Rear Con-
nector Pin Configuration and the signals connected to
each pin for the CP 66A are defined in Table 2003 CP 66A
TCAS Control Connector Pin Names. The pins for the CP
66B are defined in Table 2004 CP 66B TCAS Control Con-
nector Pin Names.

Page 2025
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2005 CP 66A / CP 66B Rear Connector Pin Configuration

PIN SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION

1 ARINC 429 Data Bus Input #1 (A) Connect to another CP 66A output for tandem operation.
2 Polarizer Key Key Pin
3 ARINC 429 Data Bus Input #1 (B) Connect to another CP 66A output for tandem operation.
4 ARINC 429 Data Bus Input #2 (A) Reserved
5 Aircraft Ground Connect to ground
6 ARINC 429 Data Bus Input #2 (B) Reserved
7 ARINC 429 Control Data Output Connect to another CP 66A input for tandem operation.
(A)
8 Aircraft Ground Connect to ground
9 ARINC 429 Control Data Connect to another CP 66A input for tandem operation.
Output(B)
10 Aircraft Ground Connect to ground
11 External Standby Input Connect to GND for standby mode.
12 Aircraft Ground Connect to ground
13 Master/Slave Input Connect master unit to GND
14 Remote Functional Test Input MOMENTARY GND for test mode.
15 Aircraft Ground Connect to ground
16 ATE Test Connect to GND during bench test.
17 Aircraft Ground Connect to ground
18 28 V dc Lighting Bus Connect to dimmer bus HI.
19 5 V dc Lighting Bus Connect to dimmer bus HI.
20 Lighting Low Connect to dimmer bus LO.
21 5 V ac Lighting Bus Connect to dimmer bus HI.
22 On #1 Output Connect to TPU to switch unit ON/OFF.
23 Aircraft Ground Connect to Ground
24 Aircraft Power +28 V dc Connect to aircraft power.
25 Aircraft Ground Connect to Ground

Table 2003 CP 66A TCAS Control Connector Pin Names

Page 2026
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME DESCRIPTION

1 Reserved
2 Polarizer Key Key Pin
3 Reserved
4 Reserved
5 Aircraft Ground Connect to Ground
6 Reserved
7 ARINC 429 Control Data Output (A) 429 Control Output
8 Aircraft Ground Connect to Ground
9 ARINC 429 Control Data Output(B) 429 Control Output
10 Aircraft Ground Connect to Ground
11 Reserved
12 Dim (-1101,-1201,-1401,-1501, Night/Day input for fail annunciator on.
-1601,-1801,-2001,-2101 versions) Ground to dim.
13 Reserved
14 Reserved.
15 Fail Enable Enables FAIL Annunciation*
16 Reserved
17 -TCAS Valid TCAS FAIL Annunciation* Input
18 28 V dc Lighting Bus Connect to dimmer bus HI.
19 5 V dc Lighting Bus Connect to dimmer bus HI.
20 Lighting Low Connect to dimmer bus LO.
21 5 V ac Lighting Bus Connect to dimmer bus HI.
22 On #1 Output Connect to TPU to switch unit ON/OFF.
23 Spare 1/Man_Auto (-0901,-1001, Manual/Auto Input
-1101,-2001 versions)
24 Aircraft Power +28 V dc Connect to aircraft power.
25 Aircraft Ground Connect to Ground

Table 2004 CP 66B TCAS Control Connector Pin Names

Page 2027
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(e) KFS 578A TCAS/Mode S Control Unit Connectors

The KFS 578A Control Unit has one 29-pin (P5781) and one
9-pin (P5782) connector mounted on the rear of the unit.
The connectors are keyed to prevent improper connector
insertion. The connectors are shown in Figure 2006 KFS
578A Mode S / TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector and the
signals connected to each pin are defined in Table 2005
KFS 578A Control Unit Connector Pin Names (P5782).

Interwiring diagram Figure 2048 KFS 578A / TPU 66A In-

terface Drawing define the input and output signal con-
nections to the TCAS/Mode S control unit connectors.

Figure 2006 KFS 578A Mode S / TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector

Page 2028
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

1 ARINC 429 Common I ARINC 429 Common
2 Polarizer Key Polarizer Key
3 ARINC 429 Input #1 (A) I Low Speed 429
4 ARINC 429 Input #1 (B) I Low Speed 429
5 ARINC 429 Input #2 (A) I Low Speed 429
6 ARINC 429 Input #2 (B) I Low Speed 429
7 ARINC 429 Output (A) O Low Speed 429
8 ARINC 429 Output (B) O Low Speed 429
9 Spare

Table 2005 KFS 578A Control Unit Connector Pin Names (P5782)

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

1 28Vdc Unit Power I 28 Vdc power input
2 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft ground
3 28Vdc Lighting I 28 Vdc A/C lighting bus input
4 5Vdc Lighting I 5 Vdc/Vac A/C lighting bus in
5 Low Lighting I Lighting bus common
6 Antenna Transfer #1 Output O Gnd = Xpndr #1 Selected/Active
Open = Xpndr #1 Not Selected
7 Standby (not)/On #1 O Gnd = Xpndr #1 Standby/Active
Open = Xpndr #1 On
8 Standby (not)/On #2 O Gnd = Xpndr #2 Standby/Active
Open = Xpndr #2 On
9 Remote Function Test (not)/ (External I Remote Function Test:
Range Configuration) Gnd = Activated
Open = Not Activated.

External Range Configuration:

(-XX04 unit versions)
Gnd = Select Range
Open = Extended Range.
10 I Reserved - Reply Input

Table 2006 KFS 578A Control Unit Connector Pin Names (P5781)
(Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 2029
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

11 Control Disable (not) I Control Unit Disable:
Gnd = Activated
Open = Not Activated.
12 Master (not)/Slave I Gnd = Master
Open = Slave
13 Emergency (not) I Squawk Code 7700:
Gnd = Activated
Open = Not Activated.
14 Spare
15 External Standby/ I External Standby:
(Manual/Auto) Gnd = Standby Active
Open = Inactive

Manual/Auto:
(-XX04 Unit versions)
Gnd = Auto Pop-Up
Open = Manual
16 Dim Select I Gas Discharge Display Dimming:
Gnd = Follows A/C lighting bus
Open = Follows photocell
+28 Vdc = Maximum brightness.
17
18
19 Transponder 1 Fail DSC #2 I Gnd = Normal operation
Open = Transponder 1 failure
20 Transponder 2 Fail DSC #2 I Gnd = Normal operation
Open = Transponder 2 failure
21 External Ident I Gnd = Activated
Open = Not Activated
22 Spare
23 Spare
24 ATE Test I Gnd = Activated
Open = Not Activated
25 Warning and Caution (not) O A/C Warning/Caution Panel:
Gnd = Unit Failure
Open = Valid (No Failure)
26 Polarizer Key Polarizer key
27 Antenna Transfer #2 output O Gnd = Xpndr #2 Selected/Active
Open = Xpndr #2 Not Selected
28 On #1(not) O On transponder #1
29 On #2(not) O On transponder #2 (dual)

Table 2006 KFS 578A Control Unit Connector Pin Names (P5781)
(Sheet 2 of 2)

Page 2030
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(f) PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Connectors

The PS-578A control unit has one 29-pin (J1) and one 9-
pin (J2) connector mounted on the rear of the unit. The
connectors are keyed to prevent improper connector in-
sertion. The connectors are shown in Figure 2007 PS-
578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector (J1) and
Figure 2008 PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Con-
nector (J2) and the signals connected to each pin are
defined in Table 2007 PS-578A Control Unit Connector
(J1) Pin Definitions and Table 2008 PS-578A Control Unit
Connector (J2) Pin Definitions.

The interwiring diagrams define the input and output

signal connections to the Mode S/TCAS control unit con-
nectors.

Figure 2007 PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector (J1)

Page 2031
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

1 28Vdc Unit Power I 28 Vdc power input
2 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft ground
3 28Vdc Lighting I 28 Vdc A/C lighting bus input
4 5Vdc Lighting I 5 Vdc/Vac A/C lighting bus in
5 Low Lighting I Lighting bus common
6 Antenna Transfer #1 Output O Gnd = Xpndr #1 Selected/Active
Open = Xpndr #1 Not Selected
7 Standby (not)/On #1 O Gnd = Xpndr #1 Standby/Active
Open = Xpndr #1 On
8 Standby (not)/On #2 O Gnd = Xpndr #2 Standby/Active
Open = Xpndr #2 On
9 Remote Function Test (not)/ (External I Remote Function Test:
Range Configuration) Gnd = Activated
Open = Not Activated.

External Range Configuration:

(KFS 578A -XX04 emulations)
Gnd = Select Range
Open = Extended Range.
10 I Reserved - Remote Reply In
11 Control Disable (not) I Control Unit Disable:
Gnd = Activated
Open = Not Activated.
12 Master (not)/Slave I Gnd = Master
Open = Slave
13 Emergency (not) I Squawk Code 7700:
Gnd = Activated
Open = Not Activated.
14 Spare
15 External Standby/ I External Standby:
(Manual/Auto) Gnd = Standby Active
Open = Inactive

Manual/Auto:
(KFS 578A -XX04 emulations)
Gnd = Auto Pop-Up
Open = Manual
16 Dim Select I Display Brightness:
Gnd = Follows A/C lighting bus
Open = Follows photocell
17
Table 2007 PS-578A Control Unit Connector (J1) Pin Definitions
(Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 2032
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

18
19 Transponder 1 Fail DSC #2 I Gnd = Normal operation
Open = Transponder 1 failure
20 Transponder 2 Fail DSC #2 I Gnd = Normal operation
Open = Transponder 2 failure
21 External Ident I Gnd = Activated
Open = Not Activated
22 Spare
23 Spare
24 (*FCDE)/ ATE Test I (*FCDE):
Gnd (at power On) = Activated.
Rotate Range or A/N/B knobs to emulate
KFS 578A version #.

ATE Test:
Gnd = Activated
Open = Not Activated
25 Warning and Caution (not) O A/C Warning/Caution Panel:
Gnd = Unit Failure
Open = Valid (No Failure)
26 Polarizer Key Polarizer key
27 Antenna Transfer #2 output O Gnd = Xpndr #2 Selected/Active
Open = Xpndr #2 Not Selected
28 On #1(not) O On transponder #1
29 On #2(not) O On transponder #2 (dual)

Table 2007 PS-578A Control Unit Connector (J1) Pin Definitions

(Sheet 2 of 2)

Page 2033
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2008 PS-578A Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector (J2)

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

1 Shield Ground/429 Common I ARINC 429 Common
2 Polarizer Key Polarizer Key
3 429 Input #1 (A) I Low Speed ARINC 429
4 429 Input #1 (B) I Low Speed ARINC 429
5 429 Input #2 (A) I Low Speed ARINC 429
6 429 Input #2 (B) I Low Speed ARINC 429
7 429 Output (A) O Low Speed ARINC 429
8 429 Output (B) O Low Speed ARINC 429
9 Spare
Table 2008 PS-578A Control Unit Connector (J2) Pin Definitions

Page 2034
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(g) PS-550 Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Connector

The electrical connector for the PS-550 control unit are

mounted on the rear panel of the unit. The connector
(J1) is keyed to prevent improper connector insertion.
The connector is shown in Figure 2009 PS-550 Mode S/TCAS
Control Unit Rear Connector and the signals connected
to each pin are defined in Table 2009 PS-550 Control
Unit Connector Pin Name Definitions.

The interwiring diagrams define the input and output

signal connections to the control unit connector.

Figure 2009 PS-550 Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector

Page 2035
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

1 28Vdc Unit Power I +28 Vdc aircraft power

2
3 28Vdc Unit Power I +28 Vdc aircraft power
4 429 Output (B) O Low speed ARINC 429
5 429 Output (A) O Low speed ARINC 429
6 Reserved
7 Reserved
8 Antenna Transfer #2 Output O
9 Antenna Transfer #1 Output O Gnd = Xpndr #1 Selected/Active
Open = Xpndr #1 Not Selected
10 429 Input #1 (B) I Low speed ARINC 429
11 429 Input #1 (A) I Low speed ARINC 429
12 429 Input #2 (B) I Low speed ARINC 429
13 429 Input #2 (A) I Low speed ARINC 429
14 Reserved
15 Reserved
16 Reserved
17 Reserved
18 Transponder 2 Fail DSC #2 I Gnd = Normal operation
Open = Transponder 2 failure
19 Transponder 1 Fail DSC #2 I Gnd = Normal operation
Open = Transponder 1 failure
20 Remote Functional Test (not)/ Ext Range I Remote Test (Pin 24 Open):
Config Gnd = Remote Test active
Open = Normal operation

Extended Range (Pin 24 Gnd):

Gnd = Extended Range active
Open = Normal Range
21 External Ident I Gnd = Activated
Open = Not Activated
22 Reserved
23 Reserved
Table 2009 PS-550 Control Unit Connector Pin Name Definitions
(Sheet 1 of 3)

Page 2036
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

24 Software 040X In I Gnd (power On) = Activated:

pin 20 = Extended Range
pin 53 = Manual/Auto mode.

Open (power On) = Not Active: pin 20 =

Remote Funct Test
pin 53 = Standby.
25 Reserved
26 Standby (not)/On #2 O Standby switching (dual)
27 Strap Common I Ground
28 Reserved
29 Reserved
30 Reserved
31 Reserved
32 Aircraft Ground I Ground
33 Reserved
34 Reserved
35 Reserved
36 Reserved
37 Reserved
38 Chassis Ground I Ground
39 Reserved
40 Reserved
41 Warning and Caution (not) O A/C Warning/Caution Panel:
Gnd = Unit Failure
Open = No Failure
42 Range Control Enable In I Open = Normal 3, 5, 10, 15 nm.

Open (+Pin 24 Gnd, +Pin 20 Gnd) =

Extended 3,5,10,15,20,40 nm.

Gnd = Range control disabled.

43 Aircraft Ground I Ground
44 Standby (not)/On #1 O Standby switching
Table 2009 PS-550 Control Unit Connector Pin Name Definitions
(Sheet 2 of 3)

Page 2037
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

45 FCDE Test I External ATE bench test enable

46 On #2(not) O On transponder #2 (dual)
47 Emergency (not) I Squawk Code 7700:
Gnd = Activated
Open = Not Activated.
48 28Vdc Lighting I +28 Vdc lighting bus
49 Reserved
50 5Vdc Lighting I +5 Vdc lighting bus
50 5Vac Lighting I 5 Vac lighting bus
51
52 Remote Reply In I Reply outputs from transponder
53 External Standby Input/ I Ext Standby (Pin 24 Open):
(Manual/Auto Input) Gnd = Standby activated
Open = Standby not activated.

Manual/Auto (Pin 24 Gnd):

Gnd = Manual Traffic activated
Open = Auto Traffic activated.
54 Reserved
55 Reserved
56 Honeywell/Collins Configuration In I Gnd = Honeywell (MST 67A)
Open = Collins (TDR-94D)
57 Reserved
58 Reserved
59 Aircraft Ground Ground
60 Spare
61 Reserved
62 Low Lighting I Lighting Common
63
64
65 On #1(not) O On Transponder #1

Table 2009 PS-550 Control Unit Connector Pin Name Definitions

(Sheet 3 of 3)

Page 2038
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(h) CD 671C Mode S/TCAS Control Unit Connectors

The two 24-pin electrical connectors for the CD 671C

control unit are mounted on the rear panel of the unit.
The connectors are keyed (2, 25) to prevent improper
connector insertion. The connectors are shown in Figure
2010 CD 671C Mode S / TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector
and the signals connected to each pin are defined in
Table 2010 CD 671C Control Unit Connector Pin Names
(P6711).

Interwiring diagram Figure 2049 CD 671C / TPU 66A In-

terface Drawing define the input and output signal con-
nections to the control unit connectors.

Figure 2010 CD 671C Mode S / TCAS Control Unit Rear Connector

Page 2039
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

1 Antenna Transfer #1 O Antenna Switching
2 Standby/On #1 O Standby Switching
3 Transponder #2 Fail #3 I Transponder #1 Fail (Fail=Open; No Fail=18-33
V dc)
4 Standby/On #2 O Standby Switching (Dual)
5 Transponder #1 Fail #3 I Transponder #1 Fail (Fail=Open; No Fail=18-33
V dc)
6 Warning and Caution O Warning and Caution (Computer)
7 Transponder #2 Fail #2 I Transponder #2 Fail (Fail=Open)
8 Antenna Transfer #2 O Antenna Switching
9 Transponder #1 Fail #2 I Transponder #2 Fail (Fail=Open)
10 On #2 O On Transponder #2 (Dual)
11 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft Ground
12 Transponder #2 Fail #1 I Transponder #2 Fail (Fail=Open)
13 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft Ground
14 Transponder #1 Fail #1 I Transponder #1 Fail (Fail=5 V)
15 ATE Test I External ATE Test Enable
16 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft Ground
17 Reply Input I Reserved
18 External Ident I External Ident
19 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft Ground
20 Control Disable I Control Unit Disable
21 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft Ground
22 Spare Input Discrete #2
23 Spare
24 Emergency I Squawk Code 7700
25 Polarizer Key Polarizer Key

Table 2010 CD 671C Control Unit Connector Pin Names (P6711)

(Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 2040
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

1 ARINC 429 #1 (A) O Low Speed
2 Polarizer Key
3 ARINC 429 #1 (B) O Low Speed
4 ARINC 429 #2 (A) O Low Speed
5 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft Ground
6 ARINC 429 #2 (B) O Low Speed
7 ARINC 429 Control (A) O Low Speed (Altitude Data)
8 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft Ground
9 ARINC 429 Control (B) O Low Speed (Altitude Data)
10 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft Ground
11 External Standby I External Standby
12 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft Ground
13 Master/Slave I Master/Slave
14 Remote Functional Test I Remote Functional Test
15 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft Ground
16 Spare Input Discrete
17 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft Ground
18 28 V dc Lighting Bus I 28 V dc Lighting Bus
19 5 V dc Lighting Bus I 5 V dc Lighting Bus
20 Lighting Low I Lighting Common
21 5 V ac Lighting Bus I 5 V ac Lighting Bus
22 On #1 O On Transponder #1 (Dual)
23 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft Ground
24 28 V dc Aircraft Power I 28 V dc Aircraft Power
25 Aircraft Ground I Aircraft Ground

Table 2010 CD 671C Control Unit Connector Pin Name Definitions (P6712)
(Sheet 2)

Page 2041
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(i) GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Unit Connectors

The 50-pin-electrical connector (P3621) for the GC 362A

Graphics Processor Unit is located on the front panel
of the unit. The connector is keyed (42) to prevent
improper connector insertion. The connector is shown
in Figure 2011 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Unit Rear
Connector and the connector pins for the -0101 are de-
fined in Table 2011 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor -
0101 Connector Pins. The connector pins for the -0103
are defined in Table 2012 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Proces-
sor -0103 Connector Pins. The connector pins for the -
0203 are defined in Table 2013 GC 362A TCAS Graphics
Processor -0203 Connector Pins.

Interwiring diagrams Figure 2037 GC 362/Bendix TCAS In-

terface Drawing, Figure 2038 GC 362/Honeywell TCAS In-
terface Drawing, and Figure 2039 GC 362/Collins TCAS In-
terface Drawing define the input and output signal con-
nections to the TCAS Graphics Processor connectors.

Page 2042
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2011 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Unit Rear Connector

Page 2043
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

1 Polarizer Pin
2 Program 1 I Indicator Sweep Characteristic
3 Program 2 I Indicator Manufacturer
4 Program 3 I Indicator Sweep Characteristic
5 HS429+ I 429 High Speed +
6 HS429- I 429 High Speed -
7 LS429+ I 429 Low Speed +
8 LS429- I 429 Low Speed -
9 CMIN I Circle Mode In (NAV Interface)
10 Mode I Pushbutton Wx/TCAS Mode Select
11 RNG0 I Honeywell/Collins Range 0
12 RNG1 I Honeywell/Collins Range 1
13 RNG2 I Honeywell/Collins Range 2
14 EXTRED- I External Red In -
15 EXTRED+ I External Red In +
16 EXTGRN- I External Green In -
17 EXTGRN+ I External Green In +
18 EXTBLU- I External Blue In -
19 EXTBLU+ I External Blue In +
20 EXTSEL- I External Select In -
21 EXTSEL+ I External Select In +
22 EXT EXT I External External Enable
(NAV Graphics Active)
23 EXTENA O External Enable Out
24 Visual O Display Valid
25 Red + O Red Out +

Table 2011 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor -0101 Connector Pins

(Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 2044
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

26 Red - O Red Out -
27 GRN + O Green Out +
28 GRN - O Green Out -
29 BLUE + O Blue Out +
30 BLUE - O Blue Out -
31 SEL - O Select Out -
32 SEL + O Select Out +
33 SSBY O Honeywell Standby
34 SVR + I Honeywell Vertical Ret. +
35 SVR - I Honeywell Vertical Ret. -
36 SHR + I Honeywell Horizontal Ret.+
37 SHR - I Honeywell Horizontal Ret.-
38 BVR + I Bendix Vertical Ret.+
39 BVR - I Bendix Vertical Ret.-
40 GND I Aircraft Ground
41 GND I Aircraft Ground
42 Polarizer Pin
43 No Connection
44 Aircraft Power I + 28 V dc Aircraft Power
45 Aircraft Power I + 28 V dc Aircraft Power
46 POP I Pop Up Discrete
47 DISP I Display Discrete
48 No Connection
49 No Connection
50 SGND I Shield Ground

Table 2011 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor -0101 Connector Pins

(Sheet 2)

Page 2045
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

1 Polarizer Pin
2 Program 1 I Indicator Sweep Characteristic
3 Program 2 I Indicator Manufacturer
4 Program 3 I Indicator Sweep Characteristic
5 HS429+ I 429 High Speed +
6 HS429- I 429 High Speed -
7 LS429+ I 429 Low Speed +
8 LS429- I 429 Low Speed -
9 CMIN I Circle Mode In (NAV Interface)
10 Mode I Pushbutton Wx/TCAS Mode Select
11 RNG0 I Honeywell/Collins Range 0
12 RNG1 I Honeywell/Collins Range 1
13 RNG2 I Honeywell/Collins Range 2
14 EXTRED- I External Red In -
15 EXTRED+ I External Red In +
16 EXTGRN- I External Green In -
17 EXTGRN+ I External Green In +
18 EXTBLU- I External Blue In -
19 EXTBLU+ I External Blue In +
20 EXTSEL- I External Select In -
21 EXTSEL+ I External Select In +
22 EXT EXT I External External Enable
(NAV Graphics Active)
23 EXTENA O External Enable Out
24 Visual O Display Valid
25 Red + O Red Out +

Table 2012 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor -0103 Connector Pins

(Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 2046
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

26 Red - O Red Out -
27 GRN + O Green Out +
28 GRN - O Green Out -
29 BLUE + O Blue Out +
30 BLUE - O Blue Out -
31 SEL - O Select Out -
32 SEL + O Select Out +
33 SSBY O Honeywell/Collins Standby
34 SVR + I Honeywell/Collins Vertical Ret. +
35 SVR - I Honeywell/Collins Vertical Ret. -
36 SHR + I Honeywell/Collins Horizontal Ret.+
37 SHR - I Honeywell/Collins Horizontal Ret.-
38 BVR + I Bendix Vertical Ret.+
39 BVR - I Bendix Vertical Ret.-
40 GND I Aircraft Ground
41 GND I Aircraft Ground
42 Polarizer Pin
43 No Connection
44 Aircraft Power I + 28 V dc Aircraft Power
45 Aircraft Power I + 28 V dc Aircraft Power
46 POP I Pop Up Discrete
47 DISP I Display Discrete
48 RNG3 I Honeywell Range 3
49 No Connection
50 SGND I Shield Ground

Table 2012 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor -0103 Connector Pins

(Sheet 2)

Page 2047
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

1 Polarizer Pin
2 Program 1 I Indicator Sweep Characteristic
3 Program 2 I Indicator Manufacturer
4 Program 3 I Indicator Sweep Characteristic
5 HS429+ I 429 High Speed +
6 HS429- I 429 High Speed -
7 LS429+ I 429 Low Speed +
8 LS429- I 429 Low Speed -
9 CMIN I Circle Mode In (NAV Interface)
10 Mode I Pushbutton Wx/TCAS Mode Select
11 RNG0 I Honeywell/Collins Range 0
12 RNG1 I Honeywell/Collins Range 1
13 RNG2 I Honeywell/Collins Range 2
14 EXTRED- I External Red In -
15 EXTRED+ I External Red In +
16 EXTGRN- I External Green In -
17 EXTGRN+ I External Green In +
18 EXTBLU- I External Blue In -
19 EXTBLU+ I External Blue In +
20 EXTSEL- I External Select In -
21 EXTSEL+ I External Select In +
22 EXT EXT I External External Enable (NAV Graphics
Active)
23 EXTENA O External Enable Out
24 Visual O Display Valid
25 Red + O Red Out +

Table 2013 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor -0203 Connector Pins

(Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 2048
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

PIN SIGNAL NAME I/O DESCRIPTION

26 Red - O Red Out -
27 GRN + O Green Out +
28 GRN - O Green Out -
29 BLUE + O Blue Out +
30 BLUE - O Blue Out -
31 SEL - O Select Out -
32 SEL + O Select Out +
33 SSBY O Collins Standby
34 SVR + I Collins Vertical Ret. +
35 SVR - I Collins Vertical Ret. -
36 SHR + I Collins Horizontal Ret.+
37 SHR - I Collins Horizontal Ret.-
38 BVR + I Bendix Vertical Ret.+
39 BVR - I Bendix Vertical Ret.-
40 GND I Aircraft Ground
41 GND I Aircraft Ground
42 Polarizer Pin
43 No Connection
44 Aircraft Power I + 28 V dc Aircraft Power
45 Aircraft Power I + 28 V dc Aircraft Power
46 POP I Pop Up Discrete
47 DISP I Display Discrete
48 No Connection
49 No Connection
50 SGND I Shield Ground

Table 2013 GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor -0203 Connector Pins

(Sheet 2)

Page 2049
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(j) TCAS/Weather Radar Display Connectors

See TCAS/Weather Radar display manuals referenced in

the SYSTEM DESCRIPTION section of this manual.

(k) Omni Antenna Connector

Connectors for the coaxial cable connection from the

TCAS processor to the omni antenna may be N-type female
or blade type connectors dependent on user installation
requirements.

D. Wire Strapping Options

TCAS wire strapping options are implemented by externally connecting

pins on the unit connectors. The configurations of the straps are
identified by the software in the particular unit. In most cases,
the selected strap is connected to aircraft ground.

Refer to interwiring diagrams, Figure 2027 TPU 66A Interconnect

Drawing Family, as a reference.

(1) TPU 66A TCAS Processor Straps

(a) Mag. Heading Type

The strap on pin A 23 is provided to indicate to the

TCAS processor whether ARINC 429 or Synchro Heading data
is used. When this pin is strapped (connected to air-
craft ground) it indicates that the Synchro Heading data
is used. When open, the ARINC 429 heading data is ex-
pected.

(b) Encoding Altitude Type and Source

The strap pins (B 21, 22) are used to indicate Gillham,

ARINC 706 (429) or ARINC 575 (419) Encoding Altitude da-
ta. Refer to Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I System Inter-
face Drawing for strapping details.

Strap pin (B 05) selects port #1 or port #2 as the

source. A GND on pin B 05 will select port #2, otherwise
port #1 is the encoding altitude source.

Page 2050
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(c) Attitude Type

The strap pins (A 24, 25) are used to select "No Atti-
tude", Synchro or ARINC 429 attitude data. No Attitude
indicates that no attitude is available and any pitch
or roll values or flags are inconsequential to the TPU
66A TCAS processor.

Synchro indicates 3-wire ARINC 407 attitude input. Re-

fer to Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I System Interface Draw-
ing for strapping details.

(d) Radio Altimeter Type and Source

The TCAS processor can accept radio altitude inputs from

digital radio altimeters and a variety of analog radio
altimeters. The strap pins (A 53, 40, 42) are used to
select radio altitude type data; ARINC 429, KING (-10mV/
ft), SPERRY (-4 mV/ft), COLLINS (Dual Slope), ARINC 552A
data or NONE. Refer to Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I System
Interface Drawing for strapping details.

Strap pin (A 66) selects port #1 or port #2 as the

source. A GND on pin A 66 will select port #2, otherwise
port #1 is the radio altitude source.

(e) Aircraft (Mode S) Address

Twenty-four pins (A 102 - 106, B 38, 39, 44 - 52, 60 -

65, 72 & 73) are used to select the ICAO aircraft ad-
dress. The HEX or Octal value received from the federal
aircraft registry office is decoded into the 24-bit bi-
nary strapping assignment.

(f) Functional Test Inhibit

Strap pin (A 31) is used to Inhibit or Allow airborne

functional test (FT). Leaving this strap open allows
functional test (self-test) during flight. A GND on the
designated pin will inhibit airborne functional test.

(g) Range Control Straps

Strap pins (A 15, 16) are used to select the 3 miles, 5

miles, 15 miles ranges or the TCAS control unit for the
control source. If control unit is indicated, then the
FL and A/B discrete functions are not available, but the
remote FT function remains operational.

Page 2051
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

If 3, 5, or 15 miles are annunciated, then the control

unit functions are NOT available. Refer to Figure 2055
CAS 66A TCAS I System Interface Drawing.

(h) Parity Strap

Strap pin (B 71) is used to select Parity. Use this pin

to achieve Odd parity when counting all the associated
input straps. Count all the Aircraft Address pins
grounded and then add the Heading, Baro Altitude, Atti-
tude and Radio Altitude type straps grounded.

Use the Parity pin to make an ODD number of grounded

straps. See the parity table in Figure 2029 TCAS I Con-
figuration Pins Interface Drawing for additional de-
tails.

(i) Max. Airspeed Straps

These three straps, on pins (B 74, 75, 76) are selec-

tively connected to aircraft ground, to specify the max-
imum aircraft airspeed. NO MAX, < 75 kts, 75-150 kts,
150-300 kts, 300-600 kts, 600-1200 kts, or Invalid can
be selected. Typically turbo-props are strapped for 150
to 300 kts and jets are strapped for 300 to 600 kts.
Refer to Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I System Interface
Drawing for strapping details.

(j) TA Display Limit Program

These three straps, on pins B 77, 78 & 79, are selec-

tively connected to aircraft ground, to specify the max-
imum number of intruder aircraft that can appear on
those display units that can not display the TCAS I max-
imum of 30 intruders (i.e., the 3ATI display units).
The TCAS processor reads these straps and sends associ-
ated control data to the displays.

The display unit’s software uses this strap controlled

data to control the maximum number of intruder symbols
that can appear on the traffic display. MAX. (30), 24,
20, 16, 12, 8, 4, MIN. (3) can be selected. Typically,
radar indicators are set to Max. (30) and the 3 ATI in-
dicators are set to 12 intruders. Refer to Figure 2055
CAS 66A TCAS I System Interface Drawing for strapping
details.

Page 2052
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(k) Audio Tone Enable Program

The strap on pin A 71 is provided for applications where

the aural advisory output is used to generate tones to
accompany synthesized voice advisories. When this pin
is grounded, the synthesized voice output is delayed by
1 second to be properly phased with the aural adviso-
ries. When this pin is open, there is no delay of the
voice output. Refer to Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I Sys-
tem Interface Drawing for additional details.

(l) Display All/Threat Traffic Program

This strap on pin A 32 controls whether all traffic is

displayed all the time on the TCAS traffic display or
only if a TA is present. Leaving this strap open allows
all proximity, non-threat and TA category traffic to al-
ways be displayed. Grounding this strap input inhibits
the display of aircraft symbols unless a TA is present.

(m) Ground Display Mode

Strap pin (A 33) controls whether traffic is displayed

on the TCAS traffic display while own aircraft is On-
Ground. Leaving this strap input open allows traffic
displays while On-Ground. Grounding this strap places
TCAS in Standby mode and inhibits the traffic display
while On-Ground. Refer to Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I
System Interface Drawing for additional details.

(n) Audio Level Program

Four sets of strap pins are provided for setting the

audio level. Three strap pins, A 73, 74 & 75, are se-
lectively connected to aircraft ground to set the audio
output to the speaker to the desired level when the air-
craft is airborne. A second set of three strap pins, A
76, 77 & 78, allow setting the speaker level for when
the aircraft is on the ground. Another set of three
strap pins, A 79, 80 & 81, allow setting the phone level
for when the aircraft is airborne. A final set of three
strap pins, A 82, 83 & 84, allow setting the phone level
when the aircraft is on the ground. The speaker audio
levels are 4, 2, 1, 0.5, 0.25, 0.125, 0.0625 or 6.5
watts. The default indication is 4.0 watts if no straps
are grounded. The headphone audio levels are 40, 20,
10, 5, 2.5, 1.25, 100, or 80 milliwatts.

Page 2053
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

40 mW is the default if no straps are grounded. See

Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I System Interface Drawing for
strapping details.

(2) TID 66A/66D TCAS I Traffic Display and IVA 81A/81C/81D TA/VSI
Straps

Configuration Straps

Twelve strap pins (15, 32, 33, 34, 17, 35, 36, 37, 38, 19, 31
& 20) are used to select the display feature configuration.
Additionally, these straps select the type of vertical rate
input source for the IVA 81A/IVA 81C/IVA 81D TA/VSI. Refer
to Figure 2029 TCAS I Configuration Pins Interface Drawing for
strapping details.

(3) CP 66A / CP 66B TCAS Control Unit Straps

Configuration Straps

A single pin (13) must be grounded to identify the control

unit as "MASTER" unless the TCAS installation has tandem TCAS
control units. If dual CP 66A TCAS control units are in-
stalled, then the primary controller must be strapped for MAS-
TER and the other unit must be configured as SLAVE (pin 13 is
Open).

NOTE: When replacing a CP 66A with a CP 66B, aircraft

ground must be removed from pins 15 and 17. Pin 15
must be connected to FAIL ENABLE and pin 17 to TCAS
valid on the TCAS processor.

6. Equipment Installation

A. TPU 66A TCAS Processor Installation

NOTE: To allow for inspection or repair of the connector assem-

bly wiring, sufficient lead length should be left so that
when the mounting hardware for the rear connector assem-
bly is removed the rear connector assembly may be pulled
forward several inches. Also a bend should be made in
the harness (at the rear connectors) to allow water drop-
lets, that might form on the harness due to condensation,
to drip off at the bend and not collect in the connector.

Page 2054
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

CAUTION: THE PROCESSOR SHOULD NOT BE INSTALLED IN A CLOSED, HOT

ENVIRONMENT THAT WILL ALLOW THE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TO
RISE ABOVE TSO LIMITS FOR THE UNIT WHEN THE TPU IS OPER-
ATING.

The mounting tray connector must be wired according to the inter-

wiring diagram Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I System Interface Drawing
and the manufacturer’s instructions. Mounting of the TCAS processor
is accomplished by use of its associated mounting tray. When lo-
cating the mount in the aircraft, allow at least two inches free
space on the top and sides of unit to provide sufficient clearance
for sway and ease of removal of the TCAS processor. Clean and pre-
pare all mounting surfaces to insure a good electrical bond before
installing the mounting tray.

Once the mounting tray is installed, the TCAS processor unit may
easily be installed into the mounting tray. Place the TPU 66A on
the mounting base and slide it backward until the electrical con-
nector is fully engaged. Then secure the front of the unit to the
mount by tightening the two knurled screw clamps (located on front
of the mount) until they are firmly seated over the hold-down hooks
on the front of the TCAS processor.

NOTE: To ensure proper bearing performance, an approved Honey-

well antenna adapter is required.

B. TCAS Directional Antenna Installation

(1) Directional Antenna Positioning and Wiring Requirements

Refer to paragraph 5.B. (1) TCAS Antenna Location, 5.C. (5)

Antenna Cable Type Selection, and 5.C. (6) Connectors.

(2) Directional Antenna Mounting Adapter

Before mounting the antenna adapter ensure that aircraft

mounting surface is clean and prepared for a good electrical
bond. See Figure 2013 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter and
Moldable Shim and Figure 2016 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Out-
line Drawing for details.

(3) Directional Antenna Footprint Drilling and Mounting

Before mounting the antenna ensure that mounting adapter sur-

face is clean. The directional antenna is mounted on the air-
craft by 4 mounting screws. three inch center hole (or four
one inch holes) must be provided on the aircraft for attaching
the four coaxial cables to the antenna connectors.

Page 2055
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

An "O" ring gasket is installed around the outside circumfer-

ence of the center hole. An approved lock-tight sealant
should be applied to each mounting screw. After the antenna
is installed, an approved silicon should be applied around the
outer circumference of the antenna to seal the antenna to the
aircraft fuselage. For mounting hole dimensions, mounting
screw type, antenna footprint patterns, antenna adapter pat-
terns and other mounting details refer to Figure 2013 ANT 67A
Directional Antenna Adapter and Moldable Shim and Figure 2016
ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline Drawing.

When the antenna has been mounted, connect the four coaxial
cables from the TCAS processor to the bottom of the antenna.

(4) Electrical Bonding

Electrical bonding resistance of installed antenna to air-

craft skin should not exceed 0.01 Ohm dc and provide even rf
bonding to the airframe.

C. TCAS Omni Antenna Installation

(1) Antenna Positioning and Wiring Requirements

Refer to paragraph 5.B. (1) TCAS Antenna Location and 5.C. (5)
Antenna Cable Type Selection.

(2) Mounting

Refer to manufacturer’s installation documentation.

D. IVA 81A/C/D TA/VSI & TID 66A/66D TA Installation

The IVA 81A/81C/81D TA/VSI or TID 66A/66D (3ATI) Traffic Display

units should be installed in a suitable location in the aircraft
cockpit; consider viewing and ease of operation. Both the IVA 81A/
81C/81D TA/VSI and TID 66A/66D Traffic Display use customer supplied
screw clamp fasteners to secure them to the instrument panel. Use
the outline drawings shown in Figure 2019 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI) Out-
line Drawing, Figure 2020 IVA 81C (TCAS) Outline Drawing, and Figure
2021 IVA 81D (TCAS) Outline Drawing as a guide to position the dis-
play units and to cut and drill the instrument panel.

Attach the electrical connector to the rear of the units. If an

optional aircraft pressure source is used as an input to the IVA 81A
/ IVA 81C / IVA 81D TA/VSI, attach the pneumatic tube to the rear
of the units.

Page 2056
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

E. CP 66A / CP 66B TCAS Control Unit Installation

The CP 66A / CP 66B TCAS Control unit should be installed in a suit-

able location in the aircraft cockpit, giving considerations to
viewing and ease of use. The CP 66A / CP 66B control unit has dzus
fasteners and should be mounted where the cockpit crew has access
to the control during flight. Use Figure 2015 CP 66A / CP66B TCAS
Control Unit Outline Drawing as a guide to position the unit and to
cut and drill the instrument panel.

Attach the electrical connector to the rear of the unit.

F. KFS 578A/PS-578A/PS-550/CD 671C Installation

The TCAS/Mode S control unit should be installed in a suitable lo-

cation in the aircraft cockpit. The control unit has dzus fasteners
and should be mounted where the cockpit crew has access to the con-
trol during flight.

Use the outline drawings (Figure 2022 CD 671C TCAS I/Transponder

Control Unit Outline Drawing, Figure 2023 KFS 578A Control Unit Out-
line Drawing, Figure 2024 PS-578A Control Unit Outline Drawing, or
Figure 2025 PS-550 Control Unit Outline Drawing) as a guide to po-
sition the unit and to cut and drill the instrument panel.

Attach the electrical connector to the rear of the unit.

G. GC 362A TCAS Graphics Processor Installation

When configuring the GC 362A in a Honeywell Primus weather radar

installation, pin 3 must be grounded. Not all Honeywell indicators
have a System Trigger output. These indicators must be modified to
provide this function. Refer to Honeywell Sales Bulletin #26-85.
Some Honeywell indicators cannot be modified to provide a System
Trigger output. In this case, another Honeywell indicator that pro-
vides this feature must be installed.

Refer to the interconnect wiring diagrams Figure 2037 GC 362/Bendix

TCAS Interface Drawing, Figure 2038 GC 362/Honeywell TCAS Interface
Drawing, and Figure 2039 GC 362/Collins TCAS Interface Drawing when
fabricating the wire harness. Refer to Figure 2026 GC 362 TCAS
Graphics Processor Outline Drawing for mounting dimensions.

7. Inspection, System Checkout, and Flight Test Procedures

A. Inspection

(1) Individual Unit Inspection

Page 2057
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Table 2014 Inspection/Check Procedure is a visual inspection/

check procedure that should be performed after system instal-
lation as part of a system checkout.

In addition, the procedure should be used as a periodic main-

tenance inspection check.

NOTE: For TCAS units not covered in this manual, refer to

the installation section of the associated mainte-
nance manual for proper inspection procedures.

EQUIPMENT INSPECTION/CHECK PROCEDURE

Mounting Rack (1) Inspect mating connector shell for floating hardware
and connector shim.
TPU 66A TCAS Processor (1) Inspect for any sign of damage.
(2) Check that unit is properly installed and that
retaining mechanism and connectors are securely
tightened.
Directional Antenna (1) Inspect for any sign of exterior damage.
(2) Check that antenna has been properly installed and
all mounting screws are
firmly tightened.
(3) Ensure that the four coaxial connectors are all
properly mated to antenna.
OMNI Antenna (If installed) (1) Inspect antenna for any sign of damage.
(2) Check that antenna has been properly installed and
all mounting screws are
firmly tightened.
(3) Ensure that rf connector is securely tightened.
Control Unit (1) Inspect control unit for any sign of damage.
(2) Check that control unit has been properly installed
and all mounting screws are firmly tightened.
(3) Ensure that the connector is securely tightened.
Traffic Displays and/or (1) Inspect for any sign of damage. Inspect the face of
TCAS/Radar Display (2) the unit for cracks or scratches.
(3) Ensure that the unit fits securely against the
instrument panel when the locking clamps are
engaged.
(4) Ensure that connector assemblies are properly
connected to the rear of the unit.

Table 2014 Inspection/Check Procedure

Page 2058
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

B. System Checkout

(1) General

Installation of the TCAS I system requires three stages of

testing to ensure the proper operation of the TCAS I system
components. Initially, before installation of the TCAS pro-
cessor and display units, a system interwiring check is per-
formed.

This check verifies that the aircraft and all TCAS system in-
terconnections are correct, before power is applied. After
the units are installed, a visual inspection of the equipment
and connections is made. The post-installation test is used
to apply power and functionally check out the system. Suc-
cessful completion of the post-installation test verifies the
proper operation of the CAS 66A Traffic Alert and Collision
Avoidance System.

(2) System Interwiring Check

To check the aircraft system interconnections, continue:

(a) Check that all cables and interwiring are installed ac-
cording to the Interwiring and Cable Fabrication in-
structions (paragraph 5. C. Interwiring and Cable Fab-
rication).

(b) Check that the following functions are properly

strapped to reflect the aircraft system configuration
(paragraph 5. D. Wire Strapping Options).

1 Mag. Heading Type.

2 Encoding Altitude.

Encoding Altitude Type.

Encoding Altitude Source.

3 Attitude Type.

4 Radio Altimeter.

Radio Altitude Type.

Radio Altitude Source.

Page 2059
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

5 Aircraft (Mode S) Address.

6 Functional Test Inhibit.

7 Range Control Straps.

8 Parity Strap.

9 TA Display Limit Program.

10 Audio Tone Enable Program.

11 Display All/Threat Traffic Program.

12 Ground Display Mode.

13 Audio Level Program.

14 Traffic Display Configuration Straps.

15 TA/VSI Vertical Source Strap.

(c) Using the interconnect diagrams (Figure 2027 TPU 66A In-
terconnect Drawing Family), check wiring for proper
destinations, opens, and shorts.

(d) Check rf cables for electrical length matching, inser-

tion loss and VSWR. Confirm that the four RF antenna
coax cables meet 2.5 ±0.5 dB insertion loss require-
ments, the electrical length characteristics match
within 135° and VSWR is 1.35:1 or better.

(e) Check the transponder and DME interface.

The only required interface between the CAS 66A TCAS I

and the transponder is the suppression line. Some in-
stallation may use a common control for the transponder
and the TCAS. In these cases the TCAS control comes
from the transponder control unit.

(3) Visual Inspection

In conjunction with system installation, perform the visual

inspection/check procedure (Table 2014 Inspection/Check Pro-
cedure).

Page 2060
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(4) Post-Installation Test

This Post-Installation test verifies the proper operation of

the CAS 66A Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System.
This procedure is used after the units have been initially
installed. Thereafter, this procedure can be used as an oper-
ational check. This procedure is composed of a pretest setup,
self-test, ground test, and ramp test. The following tests
are performed on the ground.

Equipment and Facilities Required

Equipment:

The following ground test equipment will be required for these

tests:

• AST Bravo Computer or equivalent w/ Diagnostic Program: See

DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES.

• TCAS Ramp Test Set; TCAS 201, or equivalent

• Transponder Ramp Test Set

• Pitot-Static Test Set

• Radio Altimeter Test Set, or equivalent

• Volt-Ohmmeter (DVM) (optional)

• 429 Bus reader (optional)

Facilities:

Many of the tests can be performed indoors. The TCAS scenario

tests should be done in an area where the local traffic and
signal multipath are not a factor. The bearing accuracy tests
should be conducted outside, away from other operating air-
craft. 115 V ac, 60 Hz power may be required for the test
equipment.

CAUTION: ADVISE THE LOCAL AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL BEFORE TESTING

THE TRANSPONDERS OR TCAS SYSTEM WITH A SYNTHETIC
ALTITUDE TO ACKNOWLEDGE POSSIBLE INTERACTION WITH
OTHER TCAS EQUIPPED AIRCRAFT.

Page 2061
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(a) Pretest Setup

This section and the self-test section will confirm the

proper operation of the TCAS control unit and traffic
displays. These sections will set the initial condi-
tions and will check the operation and self-test fea-
tures of the system.

The following steps apply and check the CAS 66A system
input power, configures the operational controls, and
verify that the system is ready for testing. It is as-
sumed that the person performing these tests has a work-
ing knowledge of the CAS 66A TCAS I system and the TCAS
Graphics unit and is qualified to perform these tests
on the aircraft.

1 Ensure that all aircraft systems are secure and

safe. Confirm that aircraft 28 V dc and 26 V ac
400 Hz power sources are operational; i.e., check
power bus meter.

2 Check that aircraft 5 Vac or dc or 28 V dc panel

background lighting power source and dimmer con-
trol is operational by adjusting the cockpit dim-
mer switch for proper cockpit panel background
illumination.

3 The initial set-up:

Check that the transponder and TCAS and Radar sys-

tems are OFF. If applicable, the selected encod-
ing altitude source should be #1. If applicable,
the ADC (Air Data Computer) source should be set
to normal.

Apply power to the aircraft systems.

4 Operate appropriate aircraft circuit breakers to

apply power to TCAS processor, traffic advisory
displays and all other aircraft equipment con-
nected to the TCAS processor subsystem. Check
that circuit breakers remain closed (pushed-in).

5 Allow enough time for equipment warm-up. Equip-

ment in the TCAS system requires one minute for
equipment warm-up. External sensors may require
more than one minute warm-up time.

Page 2062
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

6 On the #1 Transponder control:

Select "ALT" mode.

No FAIL annunciation should be illuminated.

7 On the Traffic Display:

Adjust the "BRT" control for optimum viewing.

If a TCAS Graphics Processor is installed, on the

Radar Indicator traffic display:

Select the Weather "TST" mode.

Adjust the "BRT" control for optimum viewing.

8 On the TCAS control unit:

Select the PWR switch to the ON condition.

Select the SBY switch to SBY mode.

Select the ABOVE/NORM/BELOW switch to indicate

"NORM".

Select the T/WX switch to indicate "TCAS".

Select Range to indicate that the 5 nautical mile

(nmi) range has been selected.

NOTE: In some installations the range must be

selected on the traffic display.

The following should be visible on the traffic

display screen:

a No "TCAS" flag annunciation.

b "TCAS STBY."

c If installed, the TA/VSI vertical speed

needle should indicate 0 fpm.

Page 2063
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

9 Check that brightness of traffic display can be

controlled by the appropriate control. Bright-
ness of traffic display may be controlled by the
aircraft dimmer switch or by the BRT control on
the display unit.

10 On TCAS control unit, select ON position. The

following conditions should exist:

a Traffic display should indicate "TA" or "TA

ONLY."

b No faults or fail annunciations are present

on traffic display.

c Traffic may be displayed on the traffic

display depending upon the TCAS strapping
configuration and whether traffic exists in
the area:

Non-threat Traffic, displayed as an open

white diamond.

Proximity Intruder traffic, displayed as a

filled white diamond.

Traffic Advisory (TA) traffic, displayed as

a filled yellow circle.

(b) Self-Test

On the TCAS control unit, initiate the TCAS system self-

test. The following events should occur during the test
period:

1 On the traffic display a test pattern will be dis-

played that allows verification of each type of
intruder symbol that can be displayed.

See Figure 1001 TCAS Test Pattern for a pictorial

of the test pattern. During the self-test, the
word "TEST" is displayed in the lower left corner
of the display. The following symbols are dis-
played:

a Traffic Advisory (yellow circle) will ap-

pear at 9 o’clock, range of 2 miles, 200
feet below and climbing.

Page 2064
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

b Proximity traffic (solid white diamond;

Honeywell - Cyan) will appear at 1 o’clock,
range 3.6 miles, 1000 feet below and de-
scending.

c Non-Threat traffic (open white diamond)

will appear at 11 o’clock, range of 3.6
miles, flying level 1000 feet above.

2 At the conclusion of a successful self-test, a

synthesized voice announces, "TCAS System Test
OK." Should a failure be detected during self
test, the audio message says, "TCAS System Test
Fail."

3 The following should appear on the CP 66B TCAS

control unit during self-test:

a The FAIL annunciator will light for four

seconds if the FAIL ENABLE discrete is ac-
tive.

b Finally the system will return to the pre-

viously annunciated modes.

4 Repeat step 3 with Day/Night in “Night” position

to verify dimming of annunciator (-1101 version
only).

(c) Ground Test

These ground tests are necessary to meet the require-

ments of DRAFT AC 20 XX. While the tests are organized
in a sequential fashion, they may be completed in a ran-
dom order to accommodate other conditions.

The person performing these tests should be familiar

with the TCAS equipment, the aircraft installation and
the supporting test equipment.

NOTE: In the test results space " ", enter "P"

for Passed, "F" for Failed and/or fill in the
results or comments. If the section does not
apply, write "N/A".

1 TCAS Power Checks

a Verify aircraft power to TCAS.

Page 2065
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

b Pull the 5 amp TCAS processor circuit

breaker.

c Verify that the "TCAS" flag appears on the

traffic display.

d Reset the circuit breaker. Verify that the

flag clears.

e Pass/Fail .

f Pull the 1 amp TCAS Control circuit break-

er.

g Verify that the "TCAS" flag appears on the

traffic display.

h Reset the circuit breaker. Verify that the

flag clears.

Pass/Fail .

i Pull the Traffic Display or TCAS Graphic

Processor circuit breaker.

NOTE: The above circuit breaker should

be for the unit providing a valid
to the TCAS Processor at pin(s)
A 34, 35 or B 85, 86.

j Verify that the appropriate flag appears

INVALID.

k Reset the circuit breaker. Verify that the

flag clears.

Pass/Fail .

l Disable the 26 V ac 400 Hz source used as a

reference for the Hdg and Alt inputs.

m Verify that the "TCAS" flag appears on the

traffic display.

n Reset the circuit breaker. Verify that the

flag clears.

Pass/Fail .

Page 2066
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

2 TCAS Control Functions

On the CP 66A / CP 66B TCAS control unit exercise

all the TCAS control functions and observe for
correct operation.

Test the ON/OFF & SBY/ON functions as follows:

Select the PWR switch to the OFF condition.

Reselect the PWR switch to the ON condition.

Select the SBY switch to SBY mode.

Observe that the traffic display annunciated is

"TCAS STBY."

Select the SBY switch to ON mode.

On traffic display screen, check that "TA" or "TA

ONLY" annunciation is displayed.

Pass/Fail .

3 Test the ABOVE/NORMAL/BELOW function as follows:

On the TCAS control unit, select ABOVE/NORMAL/BE-

LOW to ABOVE. On traffic display screen, "ABOVE"
should be annunciated. Traffic between 2700 ft.
below and 8700 ft. above can be displayed.

Select BELOW. The screen should annunciate "BE-

LOW" in place of the "ABOVE" annunciation. Traf-
fic between 8700 ft. below and + 2700 ft. above
can be displayed.

Set switch to NORMAL. The screen area that an-

nunciated "ABOVE" or "BELOW" should be blank.
Traffic between 2700 ft. above and + 2700 ft. be-
low can be displayed.

Traffic Display .

4 On the traffic display, check the TCAS ranges to

observe the range annunciations and range rings.

NOTE: Not all ranges are available in every

configuration.

Page 2067
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Set TCAS RANGE switch to 3 nautical miles. The

following properly scaled range rings should be
visible:

Two and 3 nautical mile range rings. Traffic RA-

DAR IND .

Set TCAS RANGE switch to 5 nautical miles. The

following properly scaled range rings should be
visible:

Two and 5 nautical mile range rings. Traffic RA-

DAR IND .

Set TCAS RANGE switch to 10 nautical miles. The

following properly scaled range rings should be
visible:

Two and ten nautical mile range rings. Radar In-

dicator .

Set TCAS RANGE switch to 15 nautical miles. The

following properly scaled range rings should be
visible:

Two, and 15 nautical mile range rings. Radar In-

dicator .

Set TCAS RANGE switch to 20 nautical miles. The

following properly scaled range rings should be
visible:

Two, 10, and 20 nautical mile range rings. Radar

Indicator .

Set TCAS RANGE switch to 40 nautical miles. The

following properly scaled range rings should be
visible:

Two, 20, and 40 nautical mile range rings. Radar

Indicator .

NOTE: On the traffic display unit, an outer

ring represents maximum nautical mile
(nm) display scaling as selected on the
RANGE switch.

Page 2068
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

5 If applicable, test the FL (Flight Level) func-

tion as follows:

Press the FL switch.

Observe that the traffic display indicates "FL"

in the upper left hand corner. It will be FL --
- (flagged) on most displays unless encoding al-
titude source is higher than 18,000 ft.

Pass/Fail .

6 If applicable (-0901 and -1001 versions of the CP

66B with a Honeywell MFD) check that the display
modes can be selected properly via the MAN_AUTO
discrete as follows:

Via the separate Man/Auto switch, ground

MAN_AUTO, CP 66B J1 pin 23, and verify that when
TCAS is not selected on the MFD, it only displays
TCAS information when a TA is in effect.

Via the separate Man/Auto switch, open MAN_AUTO,

CP 66B J1 pin 23, and verify that TCAS information
is displayed on the MFD only when TCAS has been
selected on it regardless of whether there is a
TA in effect.

Pass/Fail .

7 If applicable, check that the traffic modes (T/

WX) can be selected on the color radar indicator
as follows:

Select the T/WX switch to indicate "WX" (Weather

Only).

Observe that the traffic display (radar indica-

tor) annunciates "TA AUTO," but unless TA traffic
is present only the radar picture is displayed.

Select the T/WX switch to "T/WX" (TCAS and Weath-

er).

Observe that the traffic display annunciates "TA"

or "TA ONLY" and shows both traffic and weather
if the radar is ON.

Page 2069
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Select "TCAS" (TCAS ONLY) with the T/WX switch.

Observe that the traffic display annunciates "TA"

or "TA ONLY" and shows TCAS traffic but no weather
is displayed.

Pass/Fail .

8 TCAS Sensor Input Checks

Confirm the sensor input to TCAS by using a diag-

nostic computer program. Additionally, the fault
source can be viewed on the radar indicator or by
reading the LED fault code on the processor.

a Mag. Heading Interface

Verify the heading source interface to the

TCAS Processor. Confirm the heading source
and measure the inputs at the TPU 66A TCAS
Processor. Refer to the applicable draw-
ing(s) for the proper pin assignments.

The TCAS and heading system should be oper-

ating normally for the following test.
Connect the Diagnostic computer to the TPU
66A through the RS 232 port. Run the TCAS
I Input Data program and observe the fol-
lowing on the Diagnostic computer.

Monitor the heading source in the cockpit.

Observe the Mag. Heading readout on the
computer. The computer readout should
agree to within a few degrees with the cock-
pit heading display. Record a heading oth-
er than North (0.0° ) .

The Heading Status on the computer should

indicate VALID. The Heading Type should
indicate Synchro or ARINC 429.

Flag the heading source by pulling the cir-

cuit breaker.

Verify that the Heading Status goes IN-

VALID.

Page 2070
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Verify that the "TCAS" flag appears on the

traffic display.

Reset the circuit breaker. Verify that the

TCAS flag clears.

Pass/Fail .

b Encoding Altitude

Verify that the encoding altitude is prop-

erly interfaced to the TCAS processor.
Confirm that the encoding altitude of the
transponder and TCAS agree.

CAUTION: PRECAUTIONS MUST BE TAKEN TO IN-

SURE THAT THE ALTITUDE TEST OF
THE TRANSPONDER DOES NOT INTER-
FERE WITH OTHER TCAS EQUIPPED
AIRCRAFT. SHIELDING THE TRAN-
SPONDER AND TCAS ANTENNAS IS THE
BEST WAY TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE
WITH OTHER AIRCRAFT.

The TCAS, transponder and encoding altitude

source(s) should be operating normally for
the following test. Connect the Diagnostic
computer to the TPU 66A through the RS 232
port. Run the TCAS I Input Data program and
observe the following on the Diagnostic
computer.

Monitor the altitude source in the cockpit.

Set the baro to 29.92". Observe the Enc.
Altitude readout. The computer readout
should agree to within 50 ft. of the cockpit
altimeter.

The encoding altitude on the transponder

test set should agree with the diagnostic
computer readout.

The Enc. Alt. Status on the computer should

indicate VALID.

The Enc. Alt. Type should indicate Gillham

or ARINC 706 (429) or ARINC 575 (419).

Page 2071
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

The Enc. Alt. Source should indicate # 1 .

(Select #1 if necessary.)

Confirm the following Encoding Altitudes at

the altimeter, diagnostic computer and
transponder:

Altitude at 2,000 ft., the computer screen

indicates ft.

Transponder indicates ft.

Altitude at 7,800 ft., the computer screen

indicates ft.

Transponder indicates ft.

Altitude at 19,100 ft., the computer screen

indicates ft.

Transponder indicates ft.

Altitude at 31,800 ft., the computer screen

indicates ft.

Transponder indicates ft.

NOTE: The above Test step checks both

logic states for all Gillham
lines. Other tests may be ade-
quate for some installations.

Flag the encoding altitude source by pull-

ing the circuit breaker.

Verify that the Enc. Alt. Status goes IN-

VALID.

Verify that the "TCAS" flag appears on the

traffic display.

Reset the circuit breaker. Verify that the

TCAS flag clears.

Enc. Altitude Source #1 Pass/Fail

.

Page 2072
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

If applicable, select the other encoding

altitude source and repeat steps 2 and 3.

Enc. Altitude Source #2 Pass/Fail

.

c Attitude Interface

If applicable, verify the attitude inter-

face to the TCAS Processor. Confirm the
pitch and roll attitude source and measure
the inputs at the TPU 66A TCAS Processor.

The TCAS and attitude system should be op-

erating normally for the following test.
Connect the Diagnostic computer to the TPU
66A through the RS 232 port. Run the TCAS
I Input Data program and observe the fol-
lowing on the computer screen.

Monitor the attitude source in the cockpit.

Observe the Pitch and Roll attitude read-
outs. The computer screen readouts should
agree to within a few degrees of the cockpit
heading display. Record a roll and pitch
attitude other than (0.0° ) . Is it
consistent with the aircraft’s attitude?

The Pitch and Roll Status on the computer

should indicate VALID.

The Attitude Type should indicate No Atti-

tude or SYNCHRO or ARINC 429. If "NO ATTI-
TUDE" is indicated go to the Radio Altime-
ter Interface checks.

Flag the attitude source by pulling the

circuit breaker.

Verify that the Pitch and Roll Status goes

INVALID.

Verify that the "TCAS" flag appears on the

traffic display.

Page 2073
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Reset the circuit breaker. Verify that the

TCAS flag clears.

Pass/Fail .

d Radio Altimeter Interface

If applicable, verify that the radio altim-

eter is properly interfaced to the tcas
processor. Confirm the radio altitude con-
figuration straps and measure the input at
the TPU 66A TCAS processor.

The TCAS and radio altitude source(s)

should be operating normally for the fol-
lowing test. Connect the Diagnostic com-
puter to the TPU 66A through the RS 232
port. Run the TCAS I Input Data program and
observe the following on the computer.

Monitor the radio altitude source in the

cockpit. Observe the Radio Altitude read-
out. The computer readout should agree
with the cockpit radio altimeter indicator.
If the computer display is too erratic,
measure the voltage with an alternate test.

The Rad. Alt. Status on the computer should

indicate VALID.

The Rad. Alt. Type should indicate ARINC

429 or KING or SPERRY or COLLINS or ARINC
552 or NONE. If NONE is indicated, go the
next section.

The Rad. Alt. Source should indicate # 1.

(Select #1 if necessary.)

Using the radio altimeter self-test, con-

firm the following:

With Radio altitude source at 0 ft. (on-

ground), the computer indicates
ft.

When Radio altitude self-test (40-50’) is

pressed, the computer indicates ft.

Page 2074
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Do these readings agree with the cockpit

display? Yes/No.

Alternate Method

Using a radio altimeter tester, confirm the

following:

When the Radio altitude is at 0 ft., the Di-

agnostic computer indicates ft.

When the Radio altitude is at 1,000 ft., the

Diagnostic computer indicates ft.

When the Radio altitude is at 2,000 ft., the

Diagnostic computer indicates ft.

When the Radio altitude is at 2,500 ft., the

Diagnostic computer indicates ft.

Flag the Rad. Altitude source by pulling

the circuit breaker.

Verify that the Rad. Alt. Status goes IN-

VALID.

Verify that the "TCAS" flag appears on the

traffic display.

Reset the circuit breaker. Verify that the

TCAS flag clears.

Rad. Altitude Source #1 Pass/Fail

.

If applicable, select the other Rad. Alti-

tude source and repeat steps above.

Rad. Altitude Source #2 Pass/Fail

.

e Aircraft Address & Airspeed Strapping and

Logic Discretes

Determine that the configuration straps and

logic discretes are correct. Verify the
changes in logic discrete when the aircraft
function is exercised.

Page 2075
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Use a Diagnostic computer program or a DVM

to confirm the strap connections and logic
changes. Refer to the applicable draw-
ing(s) for the proper pin assignments and
the FAULT ISOLATION section for a descrip-
tion for the Diagnostic computer program.

The TCAS and related aircraft system should

be operating normally for the following
test. Connect the Diagnostic computer to
the TPU 66A through the RS 232 port. Run
the TCAS I Input Data program and observe
the following on the Diagnostic computer.

The aircraft (MODE S) address for N-

has an Octal code of and a Hex code
of .

The computer screen shows A/C Address as

N , Octal and HEX
PASS/FAIL .

The proper aircraft airspeed strapping for

aircraft N- should be (150 - 300 kts)
or (300-600 kts).

The computer screens shows Max. Airspeed as

.

PASS/FAIL .

Disable the WOW logic, and check that the

air/ground, (A22) mode changes from "ON-
GROUND" (GND) to "AIRBORNE" (OPEN).

PASS/FAIL .

Disable the landing gear logic and check

that the gear position (A21) changes from
"EXTENDED" (GND) to "RETRACTED" (OPEN).

PASS/FAIL .

Page 2076
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

f Additional Strapping and Logic Discretes

Determine the additional configuration

straps and logic discretes are correct.
Refer to supporting drawings and documenta-
tion if necessary to confirm the following
items.

The TCAS and related aircraft system should

be operating normally for the following
test. Connect the Diagnostic computer to
the TPU 66A through the RS 232 port. Run
the TCAS I Input Data program and observe
the following on the Diagnostic computer.

The proper SPK AIR AUD (A73, A74, A75)

strapping should be Watts.

Speaker Airborne Audio strapping is

.

The proper SPK GND AUD ( A76, A77, A78)

strapping should be Watts.

Speaker Ground Audio strapping is

.

The proper PHN AIR AUD (A79, A80, A81)

strapping should be mWatts.

Phone Airborne Audio strapping is

.

The proper PHN GND AUD (A82, A83, A84)

strapping should be mWatts.

Phone Ground Audio strapping is

.

If applicable, confirm that ADVISORY INHIB-

IT #2 (A18) changes from Inhibited (GND) to
Not-Inhibited (OPEN) when testing the GPWS.
ADVISORY INHIBIT #1 (A17) is not connected.
Open unless Honeywell EFIS (A19).

PASS/FAIL .

Page 2077
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

The proper DISPLAY INTRUDER LIMIT (B77,

B78, B79) strapping should be for
intruders (Max.).

The Intruder Display Limit strapping is

.

INHIBIT FUNCTIONAL TEST (A31) should be

.

AUDIO TONE ENABLE (A71) should be

.

ADV./ANN. CANCEL (A72) should be

.

DISPLAY ALL TRAFFIC (A32) should be

.

GROUND DISPLAY MODE (A33) should be

.

RANGE CONTROL (Straps A15 & A16) should in-

dicate .

PARITY State (B71) should indicate .

Top Antenna elements (J1 - J4) indicate

.

The HEX value of the antenna elements

should indicate between 72 H and 8D H.

Bottom Antenna elements (J1 - J4) indicate

.

The HEX value of the antenna elements

should indicate between 72 H and 8D H. The
value of the omni antenna elements J2 - J4
should indicate between 00 H and 0D H. Omni
antenna, J1, should indicate near FF Hex.

Did all items PASS/FAIL? .

Page 2078
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(d) Ramp Test

This test requires the use of a TCAS Ramp Tester. Spe-

cific instructions for operating the ramp tester are
contained in the applicable operator’s manual. Using
the TCAS Ramp Tester, exercise the TCAS with the various
intruder aircraft scenarios.

Monitor the displays and aural messages to verify that

system response is correct.

1 TA Intruder Tests

Evaluate proper operation of the TCAS system by

observing traffic advisories, proximity traffic,
and "other" traffic. Confirm that the voice an-
nouncement is correct and occurs at the proper
time. At this time it will be necessary to have
the appropriate systems operational.

WARNING: PRECAUTIONS MUST BE TAKEN TO INSURE

THAT THIS TEST DOES NOT INTERFERE WITH
OTHER TCAS EQUIPPED AIRCRAFT.

a Apply static pressure to the airplane using

the pitot-static tester. Increase the al-
titude to 20,000 ft.

NOTE: The TCAS and Transponder con-

trols should be in Standby until
the test altitude is set. 20,000
ft. is selected to accommodate
step #7. Other pressure alti-
tudes may be used, if necessary.

b Apply a radio altitude signal to the air-

craft using the radio altimeter test set or
equivalent. Increase the radio altitude to
2,000 ft. or greater.

c Disable the WOW logic and put the aircraft

systems into the "AIRBORNE" mode. The
landing gear logic should remain in the
"EXTENDED" or DOWN position.

d Put the TCAS and transponder control units

in the ON position. Select #1 Transponder.

Page 2079
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

e Set up the TCAS ramp test set.

Using the TCAS ramp test set, create a sce-

nario to simulate an approaching Mode C
transponder equipped aircraft beginning at
10 NM, at an altitude of 20,500 feet, at a
closure rate of +450 KTS, and an altitude
rate of 0 FPM. An alternate scenario may
be required for some test sets.

Initiate the intruder test on the TCAS ramp

tester.

Verify that the intruder symbol corresponds

to the scenario in bearing, distance, and
relative altitude. Confirm that the audio
announcement agrees with the scenario.

The intruder symbol will begin as an open

white diamond with a relative altitude tag
of + 05. The bearing should be from the
direction of the test antenna. The intrud-
er will become proximity traffic at 5 NM;
the white diamond will be filled. Finally,
the intruder becomes a TA (traffic adviso-
ry) and the symbol will change to a yellow
circle.

"TRAFFIC, TRAFFIC" voice announcement

should occur around 4 NM.

Traffic Display _______ Traffic Announce-

ment .

While simulating a pressure altitude of

more than 18,000 ft. MSL, press the "FL"
(Flight Level) switch on the TCAS control
unit. Verify the proper operation of the
flight level mode on the traffic displays.

Traffic Display .

2 GPWS & Wind shear Inhibits (Alternate Test)

If installed, verify that the GPWS, Wind Shear

warnings, and TCAS voice alerts are compatible.
Also verify that the GPWS and Wind Shear warnings
have been prioritized over the TCAS voice alerts.

Page 2080
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Another test to check the Advisory Inhibit inputs

can be performed with the Diagnostic computer.

a Initiate the TCAS self-test.

b As soon as the "TCAS SYSTEM TEST OK" message

begins, press the GPWS test switch or sim-
ulate a GPWS advisory. Verify the TCAS au-
dio is interrupted.

PASS/FAIL .

c Initiate the TCAS self-test.

d As soon as the "TCAS SYSTEM TEST OK" message

begins, press the Wind Shear test switch or
simulate a Wind Shear advisory. Verify the
TCAS audio is interrupted.

PASS/FAIL .

3 TCAS Bearing Accuracy (Required for STC Approval)

Evaluate the performance of the directional an-

tenna for 360° coverage at 30° degree intervals.

Page 2081
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

NOTE: Whenever checking the TCAS bearing ac-

curacy, the test antenna must be within
line-of-sight of the directional an-
tenna under test. The accuracy to the
top directional antenna should be
checked while the test antenna is 50 to
75 ft. distant, and the landing gear
logic is "DOWN". When measuring the
accuracy of the bottom antenna, the
test antenna should not be within line-
of-sight of the top directional anten-
na. Either use the fuselage to block
the top directional antenna and posi-
tion the test antenna 8 to 12 ft. from
the bottom antenna or shield the top
directional antenna from the test an-
tenna with echosorb or equivalent. The
landing gear logic must simulate "RE-
TRACTED" (UP) whenever checking the
bearing accuracy to the bottom antenna.
TAs will appear as "No Bearing" targets
when the gear position logic is "EX-
TENDED" (DOWN) because the bottom an-
tenna is in omni directional mode.

To insure proper antenna selection, the relative

altitude difference between the simulated intrud-
er and own aircraft altitude should be + 6,000
feet (or greater) when checking the top antenna.
The test antenna should be elevated slightly
above the height of the top directional antenna.
When checking the bottom antenna bearing accura-
cy, the relative altitude difference between the
simulated intruder and own aircraft altitude
should be - 6,000 (or more). The test antenna
should be below the mounting plane of the bottom
directional antenna.

Position the aircraft outside on a heading of

north away from hangars and other aircraft.

Static pressure to the aircraft using the pitot-

static tester is not required unless local condi-
tions make it necessary.

Apply a radio altitude signal to the aircraft us-

ing the radio altimeter test set or equivalent.

Page 2082
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Increase the radio altitude to 1,000 feet or

greater.

Disable the WOW logic to put the aircraft systems

in the "AIRBORNE" mode.

Put the TCAS control unit in the ON position. The

TCAS must be in the "TA" mode.

Set up the TCAS ramp tester on the headings listed

in Figure 2012 TCAS I Bearing Measurements.

On each heading in a CW direction initiate an in-

truder test scenario on the TCAS ramp tester and
measure the relative bearing to the intruder from
the traffic display.

Whenever testing the bottom directional antenna,

set the landing gear logic to "RETRACTED" (GEAR
UP). Repeat the above steps for the bottom an-
tenna.

Figure 2012 TCAS I Bearing Measurements

Page 2083
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

NOTE 1: Bearing Error equals the heading to TCAS ramp tester less
the relative bearing of intruder. Relative bearing to
the intruder should be a positive number measured clock-
wise from north on the traffic display unit.

NOTE 2: The largest acceptable TCAS I bearing error is +/- 30° ,

except between 135° and 225° (aft of the wings) where
the error may be 45° .

4 TCAS Power & Frequency Tests

Perform the Power and Frequency tests shown in the

TCAS 201 Operator’s Guide (pp 27 - 29).

5 EMI & RFI Tests (Required for STC)

Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) / Radio Fre-

quency Interference (RFI). Determine if there is
any mutual interference with any other aircraft
system.

PASS/FAIL .

6 Suppression Check

Determine that the system suppression is active.

(5) GC 362A Post Installation Test

(a) Mode Selection

Press the external mode select button or T/Wx control

unit push button until TA AUTO or TA/RA AUTO (Radar Only
Mode) appears in the lower left corner of the display.

Press the button again and TA ONLY or TA/RA (Weather/

TCAS Overlay Mode) will appear in the lower left of the
display.

Press the button again and TA ONLY or TA/RA (TCAS Only

Mode) will remain in the lower left of the display.

Page 2084
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(b) Failure Annunciation

A failure annunciation will be displayed if the GC 362A

detects or is instructed of a failure in the TCAS sys-
tem. When in the Radar Only mode or Radar/TCAS mode, a
failure will result in a yellow failure annunciation be-
ing displayed in the upper left corner of the display
unit. All other TCAS information will be removed from
the display. Normal operation of the weather radar sys-
tem will continue but TCAS operation will be inhibited
until the failure is corrected. Failure operation in
the TCAS only mode is described below.

The following annunciations will be displayed when the

GC 362A detects a failure:

TCAS - Displayed in the event of a TCAS processor fail-

ure or a failure of any component of the TCAS system
that the TCAS processor detects during a self test.

GP - FAIL Displayed in the event of a failure of the

BITE test in the GC 362A.

Page 2085
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(c) Displayed Fault Messages

When the TCAS processor detects a system failure, se-

lecting the TCAS Only display mode will cause the indi-
cator to display a message indicating which component
has failed. All TCAS intruder, mode, and range data
will be removed from the display. A yellow "TCAS SYSTEM
FAIL" message will be displayed at the top of the dis-
play.

One or more of the following fault messages may be dis-

played:

TCAS PROCESSOR -
UPPER ANTENNA -
LOWER ANTENNA -
RADIO ALT. #1/#2 -
* #1/#2 XPNDR DATA BUS -
ATTITUDE -
HEADING -
TRAFFIC DISPLAY -
* RA DISPLAY #1/#2 -
* SELECTED XPNDR -
* XPNDR TOP ANTENNA -
* XPNDR LOWER ANTENNA -
* XPNDR TCAS DATA -
* XPNDR CONTROL DATA -
* #1/#2 XPNDR ALT DATA -

* Used for TCAS II

The appropriate failure annunciation messages will be
displayed until the fault has been removed or the dis-
play mode is changed. Additional failures will be dis-
played if the occur while the fault list is displayed.

The fault display will not occur if the failure is one

that will not allow the display mode to be cycled. A
component failure that causes loss of the 429 mode con-
trol will remove all displayed TCAS information, select
the radar display mode, and display the "TCAS" failure
annunciation described above.

Page 2086
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

C. Flight Test (Required for STC)

Conduct a flight test of TCAS I according to the requirements of FAA

Advisory Circular AC 20-XX, titled "Airworthiness and Operational
Approval of TCAS I."

8. Removal and Replacement

A. TPU 66A TCAS Processor

(1) Removal

(a) Loosen retaining screw clamps, located on front of the

TCAS processor mount, that secure the TPU 66A to the
mount.

(b) Gently pull the TPU 66A forward until unit disconnects
from rear connector on mounting tray and unit slips out
of guide pins on mount. Remove unit from mount.

(2) Reinstallation

(a) Slide TPU 66A onto mount and then gently push unit to-
ward rear until guide pins are aligned and connector is
fully engaged.

(b) Engage and tighten retaining screw clamps to secure unit

firmly in place.

B. Directional Antenna

(1) Removal

(a) Detach four coaxial cables from connectors J1-J4.

(b) Remove four screws securing antenna to airframe. Remove

antenna and antenna "O" ring.

(2) Reinstallation

(a) Clean aircraft antenna mounting surface.

(b) Install new antenna "O" ring.

(c) Secure antenna to aircraft using four screws. Apply ap-

proved lock-tight sealant to mounting screws.

Page 2087
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(d) Connect the four coaxial cables to corresponding con-

nectors J1-J4 on the antenna.

(e) Apply approved sealing silicon around outer edge of an-

tenna to seal antenna to aircraft fuselage.

C. Omnidirectional Antenna

(1) Removal

Refer to antenna manufacturer’s documentation.

(2) Reinstallation

Refer to antenna manufacturer’s documentation.

D. TCAS Control Unit

(1) Removal

(a) Loosen fasteners at front of unit.

(b) Pull unit forward from cockpit panel and detach mating
cable connector from rear of unit.

(2) Reinstallation

(a) Reconnect cable connector to rear of unit.

(b) Gently reinsert unit into cockpit panel.

(c) Tighten fasteners at front of unit.

E. 3ATI Traffic Displays

(1) Removal

(a) Loosen clamp fasteners on front of unit.

(b) Pull unit forward from cockpit panel and detach mating
cable connector (and if applicable, the pneumatic tube)
from rear of unit.

(2) Reinstallation

(a) Reconnect cable connector (and if applicable, the pneu-

matic tube) to rear of unit.

Page 2088
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(b) Gently reinsert unit into cockpit panel.

(c) Tighten clamp fasteners on front of unit.

(d) If applicable, perform leakage test of the static line.

(e) Ensure that unit is secure and check that rear cable is
not twisted or kinked.

9. Maintenance Procedures

A. In-Aircraft Adjustments

All alignment and adjustment procedures are accomplished during

bench maintenance. When unit performance indicates an adjustment
or an alignment is required the technician should remove the unit
from the aircraft, then reference should be made to the related Com-
ponent Maintenance Manual.

B. System Protection

There are no fuses integral to the TCAS I equipment. The system is

protected by circuit breakers located at the circuit breaker panel
in the aircraft.

C. Lubrication

There are no moving parts in the TCAS I; thus, no lubrication is

required.

D. Cleaning

When deemed necessary, depending upon the environment to which the

equipment is exposed and the intensity of use, periodic cleaning
should be performed. The exterior of the units should be wiped with
a lint-free cloth dampened with an approved cleaning agent.

NOTE: Any cleaning of equipment interiors should be limited to

that required when performing overhaul (bench-type) work.

10. Aircraft Maintenance Programs

A. General

Maintenance procedures for TCAS are stipulated in FAA Advisory Cir-

cular AC 120-55, "Air Carrier Operational Approval and Use of TCAS
II." These procedures include initial activation or return-to-ser-
vice,

Page 2089
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

TCAS-related maintenance records, maintenance training, and other

maintenance program responsibilities. Also covered in this advisory
circular are approaches for obtaining FAA approval to use TCAS in
operations, including airworthiness approval, operational approval,
approval methods, and other operational issues.

B. Honeywell TCAS Maintenance Recommendations

The Honeywell TCAS I (CAS 66A) system has been designed for "On Con-
dition" maintenance. Automatic performance monitoring and self-
test are continuously performed by the TPU 66A TCAS Processor’s BITE
to detect malfunctions that degrade or preclude TCAS protection to
a high degree of confidence. When properly installed and interfaced
with approved aircraft signal sources, it meets or exceeds the FAA
AC 20-TCAS.

Further confirmation of satisfactory operation of visual displays

and aural annunciations can be determined by periodic operation of
the manual self-test function as selected by the mode selector
switch on the Mode S/TCAS control unit. Refer to paragraph 2. C.
Using TCAS Processor LED Fault Codes for a description of the func-
tional test sequence and acceptable indications during self-test.

After major aircraft maintenance cycles, additional system opera-

tion should be checked with a TCAS Ramp Test Set. Confirm that the
TCAS system performs to the criteria of FAA Advisory Circular AC 20-
TCAS (or later amendments); or according to the Operator’s Approved
Maintenance Program.

Page 2090
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

11. ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter Plate Installation

This procedure outlines the installation of the adapter plate, (p/n 047-
50357-0001 through -0004), of 2024-T4 Alclad, to the skin of the aircraft.
The gap between the adapter plate and the skin determines whether Proce-
dure A or B is required for the installation of the adapter plate.

A. General Information

The ANT 67A adapter is available in four different versions to ac-

commodate a broad range of aircraft skin curvatures. The following
list describes the range of radial curvatures that each adapter
plate will fit:

ADAPTER P/N VERSION SKIN CURVATURE (RADIAL)

047-50357 -0001 29 to 35 inches
-0002 36 to 45 inches
-0003 46 to 65 inches
-0004 66 to 95 inches

The installation procedure requires the use of the adapter plate as

the fixture to locate the pilot holes on the proposed centerline for
the antenna location.

The adapter plate is mounted in places on the skin with cleco fas-
teners so a determination can be made as to which installation pro-
cedure A or B will be required.

If the edge gap between the adapter plate and the aircraft skin can
be closed without stressing the aircraft skin or distorting the flat
section of the adapter plate in excess of ±0.010 inches follow Pro-
cedure A. If the installer is unable to comply with the above cri-
teria, Procedure B must be used.

Measure the outboard centerline gap described as dimension "T" on

ANT 67A outline drawing (p/n 155-06003-0000, Sheet 2) for use in
Procedure B.

B. Installation Procedure A

Attach the adapter plate and complete the drilling and cleco attach-
ment. If corrosion or damage is detected on the mounting surface,
mask off area adjacent to adapter plate and strip paint from skin
on suspect area. Treat corrosion and/or damage in accordance with
approved practices regarding pressurized structures.

Page 2091
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Upon approval of skin preparation, attach the adapter plate and com-
plete the drilling and riveting attachment.

(1) Drilling and Riveting Instructions

(a) Drill and cleco for final rivet diameter from the cen-
terline outboard.

(b) Drill the attachment holes for the four nut plates.

(c) With a 1.125 inch transfer punch, locate the centers for
the four connectors and cut out the connector clearances
("F holes").

(d) Remove adapter plate to countersink and de-burr all

holes. Clean and brush alodine on all exposed metal
surfaces of adapter plate.

(e) De-burr all holes on aircraft and clean mounting surface

in accordance with application of BMS5-95 sealant.
Clean and brush alodine on all exposed surfaces on air-
craft skin.

(f) Apply a faying surface seal of BMS5-95 to the faying

surfaces of the skin and adapter. Apply BMS5-95 to fas-
teners and install wet. Complete the riveting operation
and install nut plates per installation drawing. Remove
excess sealant from edges, exposed surfaces, and con-
nector clearance holes to allow inspection for cracks
and corrosion.

C. Installation Procedure B

This installation procedure provides for shims to be added between

adapter plate and aircraft skin. The shims are to be used to fill
edge gaps created by a mismatch in curvature between the adapter
plate and the aircraft skin.

(1) Shim Fabrication, Drilling, and Riveting Instructions

Fabricate the edge gap shims of 2024-T4 Alclad per drawing

within "T" ±0.010 inch thickness and identify as L, R.

Fabricate 0.125 inch stiffener plate per drawing dimensions.

Attach stiffener plate to adapter with eight 3/32 flush rivets
per stiffener drawing dimensions. Transfer stiffener holes
to adapter plate. Drill and countersink back side of adapter
plate.

Page 2092
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(2) Attach adapter, stiffener plate and shims to skin, drill and
cleco at centerline and edge. If corrosion or damage is de-
tected on the mounting surface, mask off area adjacent to
adapter and strip paint from sheetmetal. Treat corrosion and/
or damage in accordance with approved practices regarding
pressurized structures.

(3) Prepare the mounting surface and adjacent area of aircraft

skin to the adapter plate with aluminum duct tape (Figure 2013
ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter and Moldable Shim), re-
drill holes identified in step (2) above and apply MS122 re-
lease material to duct tape surface. Prepare adapter plate
surface and shims by cleaning with acetone followed by appli-
cation of BR127. Note, caution should be taken not to get
BR127 on antenna mounting surface of adapter plate. Apply
sufficient quantity of DMS4-828, moldable shim material to
adapter plate and shims to fill the measured gap. If a com-
pound gap exists, apply additional DMS4-828 to close the gap.
An approximate material application is illustrated in the in-
stallation drawing.

(4) Attach the adapter with stiffener plate to the aircraft skin
with cleco fasteners at the centerline rivet holes. Carefully
cleco the left and right shim to the outboard edge rivet
holes. Allow several minutes for the pressure of assembly to
flow out excessive DMS4-828 material. After DMS4-828 has
stopped flowing, remove all excessive material, clean with MEK
and blend edges as indicated on installation drawing. A plas-
tic knife is recommended to remove excessive material and
blend along the edge of the adapter plate and edges of the
1.125 inch connector holes.

(5) After the specified cure time of DMS4-828, drill and cleco for
final rivet diameter from the centerline outboard.

(6) Drill the attachment holes for the four nut plates.

(7) Using a 1.125 inch transfer punch, locate the centers for the
four connectors and cut out the connector clearance ("F"
holes) through aircraft skin.

(8) Remove adapter plate to countersink and de-burr all holes.

Carefully drill out 3/32 rivet tails to remove stiffener
plate. Clean and brush alodine on all exposed surfaces in-
cluding shims. Allow specified cure time for DMS4-828 mate-
rial.

Page 2093
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

(9) De-burr all holes on aircraft skin and clean mounting surface
in accordance with BMS5-95 sealant specification. Clean and
brush alodine on all exposed surfaces.

(10) Apply a faying surface seal of BMS5-95 to the faying surfaces

of aircraft skin and adapter plate. Install fasteners wet
with BMS5-95 sealant. Complete the riveting operation and in-
stall nut plates per installation drawing. Remove excess
sealant from edges, exposed surfaces, and connector holes to
expose sheet metal surrounding each hole to allow for physical
inspection of cracks and corrosion.

D. Recommended Materials

• DMS4-828, Moldable Shim Material, Dynamold, Inc.

• MS122, Release Material, Miller Stevenson or DC-4, Dow Corning

• BR127, Metal Preparation, American Cynamid

• BMS5-95, Aircraft Sealant, PRC Corporation

• Alodine per MIL-C-5541

• Acetone

• MEK (Methyl Ethyl Keystone)

E. Bonding Requirements

The DC resistance between the adapter plate surface and the adjacent
skin surface must measure less than 10 milliohms.

Page 2094
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2013 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Adapter and Moldable Shim
P/N 004-50119

Page 2095
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED

Page 2096
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2014 TPU 66A TCAS I Processor Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05828-0000 Rev. AC)

Page 2097/2098
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2015 CP 66A / CP66B TCAS Control Unit Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-06004-0000 Rev. AA)

Page 2099/2100
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2016 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-06003-0000 Rev. AB, Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 2101/2102
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2016 ANT 67A Directional Antenna Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-06003-0000 Rev. AB, Sheet 2 of 2)

Page 2103/2104
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2017 TID 66A TCAS I Dedicated Display Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 066-50011 Rev. A)

Page 2105/2106
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2018 TID 66D TCAS I Dedicated Display Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-01807-0000 Rev. -)

Page 2107/2108
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2019 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI) Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 066-50001 Rev. T, Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 2109/2110
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2019 IVA 81A (TA/RA/VSI) Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 066-50001 Rev. T, Sheet 2 of 2)

Page 2111/2112
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2020 IVA 81C (TCAS) Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 066-50053-01 Rev. E)

Page 2113/2114
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2021 IVA 81D (TCAS) Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 066-01171-90 Rev. A)

Page 2115/2116
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2022 CD 671C TCAS I/Transponder Control Unit Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-06001-0000 Rev. 1)

Page 2117/2118
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2023 KFS 578A Control Unit Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05789-0000 Rev. 1)

Page 2119/2120
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2024 PS-578A Control Unit Outline Drawing

Page 2121/2122
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2025 PS-550 Control Unit Outline Drawing

Page 2123/2124
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2026 GC 362 TCAS Graphics Processor Outline Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05794-0000 Rev. AA)

Page 2125/2126
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2027 TPU 66A Interconnect Drawing Family

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0000 Rev. 7)

Page 2127/2128
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2028 TPU 66A Pinout Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0001 Rev. 6)

Page 2129/2130
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2029 TCAS I Configuration Pins Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0002 Rev. 3)

Page 2131/2132
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2030 TCAS I Discrete Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0003 Rev. AA, Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 2133/2134
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2030 TCAS I Discrete Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0003 Rev. AA, Sheet 2 of 2)

Page 2135/2136
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2031 TCAS Radar/Baro Altitude Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0004 Rev. AA, Sheet 1 of 4)

Page 2137/2138
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2031 TCAS Radar/Baro Altitude Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0004 Rev. AA, Sheet 2 of 4)

Page 2139/2140
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2031 TCAS Radar/Baro Altitude Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0004 Rev. AA, Sheet 3 of 4)

Page 2141/2142
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2031 TCAS Radar/Baro Altitude Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0004 Rev. AA, Sheet 4 of 4)

Page 2143/2144
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2032 Attitude/Heading Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0005 Rev. AA)

Page 2145/2146
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2033 Antenna/Suppression Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0006 Rev. 5)

Page 2147/2148
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2034 Power Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0007 Rev. 4)

Page 2149/2150
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2035 TCAS I Dedicated Traffic Display Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0010 Rev. AA, Sheet 1 of 4)

Page 2151/2152
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2035 TCAS I Dedicated Traffic Display Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0010 Rev. AA, Sheet 2 of 4)

Page 2153/2154
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2035 TCAS I Dedicated Traffic Display Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0010 Rev. AA, Sheet 3 of 4)

Page 2155/2156
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2035 TCAS I Dedicated Traffic Display Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0010 Rev. AA, Sheet 4 of 4)

Page 2157/2158
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2036 EFS 40/50 TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0011 Rev. 5)

Page 2159/2160
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2037 GC 362/Bendix TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-01628-0000 Rev. 8, Sheet 1 of 3)

Page 2161/2162
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2037 GC 362/Bendix TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-01628-0000 Rev. 8, Sheet 2 of 3)

Page 2163/2164
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2037 GC 362/Bendix TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-01628-0000 Rev. 8, Sheet 3 of 3)

Page 2165/2166
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2038 GC 362/Honeywell TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-01628-0001 Rev. 8, Sheet 1 of 3)

Page 2167/2168
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2038 GC 362/Honeywell TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-01628-0001 Rev. 8, Sheet 2 of 3)

Page 2169/2170
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2038 GC 362/Honeywell TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-01628-0001 Rev. 8, Sheet 3 of 3)

Page 2171/2172
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2039 GC 362/Collins TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-01628-0002 Rev. AA, Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 2173/2174
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2039 GC 362/Collins TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-01628-0002 Rev. AA, Sheet 2 of 2)

Page 2175/2176
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2040 RA Display (ARINC 429 Low Speed) Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0013 Rev. 3)

Page 2177/2178
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2041 TA/RA Display (ARINC 429 High Speed) Interface Drawing
(Internally Controlled Drawing, Reference Dwg. No. 155-05990-0014 Rev. AD, Sheet 1 of 9)

Page 2179/2180
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2041 TA/RA Display (ARINC 429 High Speed) Interface Drawing
(Internally Controlled Drawing, Reference Dwg. No. 155-05990-0014 Rev. AD Sheet 2 of 9)

Page 2181/2182
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2041 TA/RA Display (ARINC 429 High Speed) Interface Drawing
(Internally Controlled Drawing, Reference Dwg. No. 155-05990-0014 Rev. AD Sheet 3 of 9)

Page 2183/2184
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2041 TA/RA Display (ARINC 429 High Speed) Interface Drawing
(Internally Controlled Drawing, Reference Dwg. No. 155-05990-0014 Rev. AD Sheet 4 of 9)

Page 2185/2186
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2041 TA/RA Display (ARINC 429 High Speed) Interface Drawing
(Internally Controlled Drawing, Reference Dwg. No. 155-05990-0014 Rev. AD Sheet 5 of 9)

Page 2187/2188
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2041 TA/RA Display (ARINC 429 High Speed) Interface Drawing
(Internally Controlled Drawing, Reference Dwg. No. 155-05990-0014 Rev. AD Sheet 6 of 9)

Page 2189/2190
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2041 TA/RA Display (ARINC 429 High Speed) Interface Drawing
(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0014 Rev. AD, Sheet 7 of 9)

Page 2191/2192
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2041 TA/RA Display (ARINC 429 High Speed) Interface Drawing
(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0014 Rev. AD, Sheet 8 of 9)

Page 2193/2194
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2041 TA/RA Display (ARINC 429 High Speed) Interface Drawing
(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0014 Rev. AD, Sheet 9 of 9)

Page 2195/2196
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2042 Citation VB Honeywell EFIS/TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0015 Rev. 2, Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 2197/2198
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2042 Citation VB Honeywell EFIS/TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0015 Rev. 2, Sheet 2 of 2)

Page 2199/2200
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2043 Jetstream 41 Honeywell EFIS/TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0016 Rev. 2, Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 2201/2202
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2043 Jetstream 41 Honeywell EFIS/TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0016 Rev. 2, Sheet 2 of 2)

Page 2203/2204
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2044 Diagnostic/Data Recorder Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0020 Rev. 6)

Page 2205/2206
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2045 TCAS I ATE Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0030 Rev. 4)

Page 2207/2208
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2046 CP 66A / CP 66B / TPU 66A Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0040 Rev. AA, Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 2209/2210
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2046 CP 66A / CP 66B / TPU 66A Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0040 Rev. AA, Sheet 2 of 2)

Page 2211/2212
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2047 Tandem CP 66A / TPU 66A Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0041 Rev. 4)

Page 2213/2214
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2048 KFS 578A / TPU 66A Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0042 Rev. 5, Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 2215/2216
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2048 KFS 578A / TPU 66A Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0042 Rev. 5, Sheet 2 of 2)

Page 2217/2218
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2049 CD 671C / TPU 66A Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0043 Rev. 4, Sheet 1 of 2)

Page 2219/2220
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2049 CD 671C / TPU 66A Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0043 Rev. 4, Sheet 2 of 2)

Page 2221/2222
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2050 Single RMS 555 / TPU 66A TCAS Interface Drawing
(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0050 Rev. 5)

Page 2223/2224
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2051 Tandem RMS 555 / TPU 66A TCAS Interface Drawing
(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0051 Rev. 5)

Page 2225/2226
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2052 MST 67A Mode S Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0060 Rev. AA)

Page 2227/2228
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2053 Collins TDR-94D Mode S Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0061 Rev. AA)

Page 2229/2230
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2054 Honeywell Primus II/TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0062 Rev. AA, Sheet 1 of 4)

Page 2231/2232
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2054 Honeywell Primus II/TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0062 Rev. AA, Sheet 2 of 4)

Page 2233/2234
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2054 Honeywell Primus II/TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0062 Rev. AA, Sheet 3 of 4)

Page 2235/2236
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2054 Honeywell Primus II/TCAS Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0062 Rev. AA, Sheet 4 of 4)

Page 2237/2238
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I System Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0090 Rev. 5, Sheet 1 of 8)

Page 2239/2240
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I System Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0090 Rev. 5, Sheet 2 of 8)

Page 2241/2242
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I System Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0090 Rev. 5, Sheet 3 of 8)

Page 2243/2244
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I System Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0090 Rev. 5, Sheet 4 of 8)

Page 2245/2246
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I System Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0090 Rev. 5, Sheet 5 of 8)

Page 2247/2248
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I System Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0090 Rev. 5, Sheet 6 of 8)

Page 2249/2250
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I System Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0090 Rev. 5, Sheet 7 of 8)

Page 2251/2252
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 2055 CAS 66A TCAS I System Interface Drawing

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0090 Rev. 5, Sheet 8 of 8)

Page 2253/2254
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

TCAS I TO TCAS II UPGRADE

1. General

The following information is furnished for upgrading from a CAS 66A TCAS
I system to a CAS 67A TCAS II system.

NOTE: The installing facility MUST obtain a CAS 67A TCAS II Instal-
lation Manual, P/N 006-05340-00XX.

A. Additional Equipment Required

Additional components are required to upgrade the TCAS I system to

a TCAS II system.

• A TPU 67A TCAS II processor

• A TPU 67A TCAS II upgrade installation kit, P/N 050-00378-0001

which contains a CM 67A or CM 2000 Configuration Module P/N 071-
00097-0100 and the software (TPUDIAG/TCASDIAG) to configure the
unit.

• A TA and an RA display

• An ATC Mode S transponder (with diversity) system w/ encoding

altimeter source

NOTE: The Mode S transponder must meet the "Altimetry Perfor-

mance Requirements" of DO-185, Appendix A. ARINC 543 dual
gillham sources can be used or single ARINC 575 or 706
must be used.

NOTE: If using a dual gillham source a comparison must be ac-

complished.

NOTE: If the Mode S transponder is a Collins TDR-94 which uses

CSDB, the gillham comparison is coordinated through the
Collins control unit.

NOTE: If the Mode S transponder is a Honeywell TRA 67A, synchro

may be used.

• Attitude must be used for TCAS II. ARINC 407 or AHRS (high speed
ARINC 429) must be used.

• Radar Altimeter must be used for TCAS II.

The TCAS I control unit must be replaced with a TCAS II/Mode S tran-
sponder control unit.

Page 3001
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

NOTE: If a CP 66A / CP 66B TCAS I control unit remains in the

equipment configuration until the TPU 67A is installed,
the CP 66A / CP 66B will control the TCAS I processor,
and the TCAS II/Mode S transponder control unit will con-
trol the transponder.

B. Additional Equipment Straps Required

NOTE: The TPU 67A requires a different connector key configu-

ration. Refer to the CAS 67A Installation Manual.

Refer to the Figure 3001 CAS 66A TCAS I / TCAS II Upgrade Interface
for wiring considerations.

C. Additional Equipment Testing Required

(1) Refer to TPUDIAG software (see DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES)for con-

figuration and follow the instructions.
(2) Refer to the manufacturer’s post installation instructions
for ATC transponder system.

Page 3002
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 3001 CAS 66A TCAS I / TCAS II Upgrade Interface

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0091 Rev. 8, Sheet 1 of 8)

Page 3003/3004
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 3001 CAS 66A TCAS I / TCAS II Upgrade Interface

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0091 Rev. 8, Sheet 2 of 8)

Page 3005/3006
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 3001 CAS 66A TCAS I / TCAS II Upgrade Interface

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0091 Rev. 8, Sheet 3 of 8)

Page 3007/3008
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 3001 CAS 66A TCAS I / TCAS II Upgrade Interface

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0091 Rev. 8, Sheet 4 of 8)

Page 3009/3010
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 3001 CAS 66A TCAS I / TCAS II Upgrade Interface

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0091 Rev. 8, Sheet 5 of 8)

Page 3011/3012
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 3001 CAS 66A TCAS I / TCAS II Upgrade Interface

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0091 Rev. 8, Sheet 6 of 8)

Page 3013/3014
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 3001 CAS 66A TCAS I / TCAS II Upgrade Interface

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0091 Rev. 8, Sheet 7 of 8)

Page 3015/3016
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Figure 3001 CAS 66A TCAS I / TCAS II Upgrade Interface

(Dwg. No. 155-05990-0091 Rev. 8, Sheet 8 of 8)

Page 3017/3018
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

DIAGNOSTIC APPENDICES

TPUDIAG-TCAS Processor Field Diagnostic Program User Instructions

TCASDIAG-TCAS Processor Field Diagnostic Program User Instructions (DOS)

TCASDIAG-TCAS Processor Field Diagnostic Program User Instructions (Windows)

TCAS Antenna System Test Procedures

WARNING: DO NOT USE THE “TPUDIAG - TCAS PROCESSOR FIELD DIAGNOSTIC PRO-
GRAM” OR “TCASDIAG - TCAS PROCESSOR FIELD DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM”
WHILE AIRBORNE. THE PROGRAM IS USED ONLY WHILE THE AIRCRAFT IS
ON THE GROUND. THE SYSTEM IS DEGRADED TO PERFORM MAINTENANCE
FUNCTIONS AND IS NOT AIRWORTHY WHILE RUNNING THE DIAGNOSTIC
SOFTWARE.

NOTE: The diagnostic tests are performed with TPU 66A installed in
aircraft.

NOTE: The TPUDIAG-TCAS and TCASDIAG-TCAS diagnostic tests are DOS

based programs and must be run from the DOS prompt.

Page APP-1
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED

Page APP-2
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-3
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-4
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-5
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-6
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-7
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-8
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-9
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-10
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-11
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-12
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-13
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-14
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-15
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-16
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-17
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-18
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-19
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-20
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-21
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-22
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-23
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-24
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-25
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-26
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-27
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-28
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-29
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-30
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-31
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-32
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-33
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-34
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-35
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-36
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-37
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-38
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-39
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-40
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-41
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-42
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-43
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-44
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-45
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-46
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-47
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-48
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-49
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-50
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-51
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED

Page APP-52
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-53
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-54
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-55
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-56
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-57
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-58
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-59
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-60
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-61
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-62
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-63
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-64
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-65
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-66
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-67
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-68
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-69
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED

Page APP-70
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-71
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-72
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-73
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-74
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-75
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-76
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-77
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-78
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-79
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-80
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-81
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-82
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-83
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-84
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-85
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-86
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-87
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-88
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

Page APP-89
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006
 N
CAS 66A TCAS I SYSTEM INSTALLATION MANUAL

THIS PAGE IS RESERVED

Page APP-90
006-05370-0009 Rev. 9 34-40-00 Feb/2006